1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "TargetInfo.h"
16 #include "ABIInfo.h"
17 #include "CGCXXABI.h"
18 #include "CGValue.h"
19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
28 #include <algorithm>    // std::sort
29 
30 using namespace clang;
31 using namespace CodeGen;
32 
33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34                                llvm::Value *Array,
35                                llvm::Value *Value,
36                                unsigned FirstIndex,
37                                unsigned LastIndex) {
38   // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39   for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40     llvm::Value *Cell =
41         Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
42     Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Value, Cell, CharUnits::One());
43   }
44 }
45 
46 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
47   return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
48          T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49 }
50 
51 ABIArgInfo
52 ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirect(QualType Ty, bool ByRef, bool Realign,
53                                  llvm::Type *Padding) const {
54   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
55                                  ByRef, Realign, Padding);
56 }
57 
58 ABIArgInfo
59 ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(QualType Ty, bool Realign) const {
60   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
61                                       /*ByRef*/ false, Realign);
62 }
63 
64 Address ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
65                              QualType Ty) const {
66   return Address::invalid();
67 }
68 
69 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
70 
71 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
72                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
73   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
74   if (!RD)
75     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
76   return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
77 }
78 
79 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
80                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
81   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
82   if (!RT)
83     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
84   return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
85 }
86 
87 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
88 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
89 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
90   if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
91     const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
92     if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
93       assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
94       return UD->field_begin()->getType();
95     }
96   }
97   return Ty;
98 }
99 
100 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
101   return CGT.getCXXABI();
102 }
103 
104 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
105   return CGT.getContext();
106 }
107 
108 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
109   return CGT.getLLVMContext();
110 }
111 
112 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
113   return CGT.getDataLayout();
114 }
115 
116 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
117   return CGT.getTarget();
118 }
119 
120 bool ABIInfo:: isAndroid() const { return getTarget().getTriple().isAndroid(); }
121 
122 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
123   return false;
124 }
125 
126 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
127                                                 uint64_t Members) const {
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
132   return false;
133 }
134 
135 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
136   raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
137   OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
138   switch (TheKind) {
139   case Direct:
140     OS << "Direct Type=";
141     if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
142       Ty->print(OS);
143     else
144       OS << "null";
145     break;
146   case Extend:
147     OS << "Extend";
148     break;
149   case Ignore:
150     OS << "Ignore";
151     break;
152   case InAlloca:
153     OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
154     break;
155   case Indirect:
156     OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity()
157        << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
158        << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
159     break;
160   case Expand:
161     OS << "Expand";
162     break;
163   }
164   OS << ")\n";
165 }
166 
167 // Dynamically round a pointer up to a multiple of the given alignment.
168 static llvm::Value *emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
169                                                   llvm::Value *Ptr,
170                                                   CharUnits Align) {
171   llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = Ptr;
172   // OverflowArgArea = (OverflowArgArea + Align - 1) & -Align;
173   PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrAsInt, CGF.IntPtrTy);
174   PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(PtrAsInt,
175         llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, Align.getQuantity() - 1));
176   PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(PtrAsInt,
177            llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, -Align.getQuantity()));
178   PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(PtrAsInt,
179                                         Ptr->getType(),
180                                         Ptr->getName() + ".aligned");
181   return PtrAsInt;
182 }
183 
184 /// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
185 /// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
186 ///
187 /// This version implements the core direct-value passing rules.
188 ///
189 /// \param SlotSize - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
190 ///   Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
191 ///   slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
192 /// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
193 ///   an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
194 ///   will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
195 ///   leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding.  If this
196 ///   is false, the returned address might be less-aligned than
197 ///   DirectAlign.
198 static Address emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
199                                       Address VAListAddr,
200                                       llvm::Type *DirectTy,
201                                       CharUnits DirectSize,
202                                       CharUnits DirectAlign,
203                                       CharUnits SlotSize,
204                                       bool AllowHigherAlign) {
205   // Cast the element type to i8* if necessary.  Some platforms define
206   // va_list as a struct containing an i8* instead of just an i8*.
207   if (VAListAddr.getElementType() != CGF.Int8PtrTy)
208     VAListAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VAListAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
209 
210   llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "argp.cur");
211 
212   // If the CC aligns values higher than the slot size, do so if needed.
213   Address Addr = Address::invalid();
214   if (AllowHigherAlign && DirectAlign > SlotSize) {
215     Addr = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, DirectAlign),
216                                                  DirectAlign);
217   } else {
218     Addr = Address(Ptr, SlotSize);
219   }
220 
221   // Advance the pointer past the argument, then store that back.
222   CharUnits FullDirectSize = DirectSize.alignTo(SlotSize);
223   llvm::Value *NextPtr =
224     CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), FullDirectSize,
225                                            "argp.next");
226   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
227 
228   // If the argument is smaller than a slot, and this is a big-endian
229   // target, the argument will be right-adjusted in its slot.
230   if (DirectSize < SlotSize && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
231     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, SlotSize - DirectSize);
232   }
233 
234   Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, DirectTy);
235   return Addr;
236 }
237 
238 /// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
239 /// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
240 ///
241 /// \param IsIndirect - Values of this type are passed indirectly.
242 /// \param ValueInfo - The size and alignment of this type, generally
243 ///   computed with getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(ValueTy).
244 /// \param SlotSizeAndAlign - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
245 ///   Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
246 ///   slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
247 /// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
248 ///   an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
249 ///   will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
250 ///   leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding.
251 static Address emitVoidPtrVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
252                                 QualType ValueTy, bool IsIndirect,
253                                 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> ValueInfo,
254                                 CharUnits SlotSizeAndAlign,
255                                 bool AllowHigherAlign) {
256   // The size and alignment of the value that was passed directly.
257   CharUnits DirectSize, DirectAlign;
258   if (IsIndirect) {
259     DirectSize = CGF.getPointerSize();
260     DirectAlign = CGF.getPointerAlign();
261   } else {
262     DirectSize = ValueInfo.first;
263     DirectAlign = ValueInfo.second;
264   }
265 
266   // Cast the address we've calculated to the right type.
267   llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ValueTy);
268   if (IsIndirect)
269     DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
270 
271   Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, DirectTy,
272                                         DirectSize, DirectAlign,
273                                         SlotSizeAndAlign,
274                                         AllowHigherAlign);
275 
276   if (IsIndirect) {
277     Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr), ValueInfo.second);
278   }
279 
280   return Addr;
281 
282 }
283 
284 static Address emitMergePHI(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
285                             Address Addr1, llvm::BasicBlock *Block1,
286                             Address Addr2, llvm::BasicBlock *Block2,
287                             const llvm::Twine &Name = "") {
288   assert(Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType());
289   llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(Addr1.getType(), 2, Name);
290   PHI->addIncoming(Addr1.getPointer(), Block1);
291   PHI->addIncoming(Addr2.getPointer(), Block2);
292   CharUnits Align = std::min(Addr1.getAlignment(), Addr2.getAlignment());
293   return Address(PHI, Align);
294 }
295 
296 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
297 
298 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
299 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
300 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
301   // Verified for:
302   //   x86-64     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
303   //   x86-32     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
304   //   PowerPC    Linux, Darwin
305   //   ARM        Darwin (*not* EABI)
306   //   AArch64    Linux
307   return 32;
308 }
309 
310 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
311                                      const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
312   // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
313   //   x86_stdcall
314   //   MIPS
315   // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
316   return false;
317 }
318 
319 void
320 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
321                                              llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
322   // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
323   // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
324   // dynamic.
325   Opt = "-l";
326   Opt += Lib;
327 }
328 
329 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
330 
331 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
332 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
333 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
334                          bool AllowArrays) {
335   if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
336     return true;
337 
338   QualType FT = FD->getType();
339 
340   // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
341   // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
342   if (AllowArrays)
343     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
344       if (AT->getSize() == 0)
345         return true;
346       FT = AT->getElementType();
347     }
348 
349   const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
350   if (!RT)
351     return false;
352 
353   // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
354   //
355   // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
356   // current ABI.
357   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
358     return false;
359 
360   return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
361 }
362 
363 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
364 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
365 /// considered empty.
366 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
367   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
368   if (!RT)
369     return false;
370   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
371   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
372     return false;
373 
374   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
375   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
376     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
377       if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
378         return false;
379 
380   for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
381     if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
382       return false;
383   return true;
384 }
385 
386 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
387 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
388 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element
389 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
390 /// considered single element structs.
391 ///
392 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
393 /// it exists.
394 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
395   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
396   if (!RT)
397     return nullptr;
398 
399   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
400   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
401     return nullptr;
402 
403   const Type *Found = nullptr;
404 
405   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
406   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
407     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
408       // Ignore empty records.
409       if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
410         continue;
411 
412       // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
413       if (Found)
414         return nullptr;
415 
416       // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
417       // cannot be a single element struct.
418       Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
419       if (!Found)
420         return nullptr;
421     }
422   }
423 
424   // Check for single element.
425   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
426     QualType FT = FD->getType();
427 
428     // Ignore empty fields.
429     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
430       continue;
431 
432     // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
433     // struct.
434     if (Found)
435       return nullptr;
436 
437     // Treat single element arrays as the element.
438     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
439       if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
440         break;
441       FT = AT->getElementType();
442     }
443 
444     if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
445       Found = FT.getTypePtr();
446     } else {
447       Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
448       if (!Found)
449         return nullptr;
450     }
451   }
452 
453   // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
454   // padding beyond the element type.
455   if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
456     return nullptr;
457 
458   return Found;
459 }
460 
461 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
462   // Treat complex types as the element type.
463   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
464     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
465 
466   // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
467   // convention without any padding.  (We're specifically looking for 32
468   // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
469   if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
470       !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
471     return false;
472 
473   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
474   return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
475 }
476 
477 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
478 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
479 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
480 /// inhibiting optimizations.
481 ///
482 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
483 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
484 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
485 // capable of handling it.
486 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
487   // We can only expand structure types.
488   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
489   if (!RT)
490     return false;
491 
492   // We can only expand (C) structures.
493   //
494   // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
495   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
496   if (!RD->isStruct())
497     return false;
498 
499   // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
500   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
501     if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
502       return false;
503   }
504 
505   uint64_t Size = 0;
506 
507   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
508     if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
509       return false;
510 
511     // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
512     // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
513     // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
514     if (FD->isBitField())
515       return false;
516 
517     Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
518   }
519 
520   // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
521   if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
522     return false;
523 
524   return true;
525 }
526 
527 namespace {
528 Address EmitVAArgInstr(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
529                        const ABIArgInfo &AI) {
530   // This default implementation defers to the llvm backend's va_arg
531   // instruction. It can handle only passing arguments directly
532   // (typically only handled in the backend for primitive types), or
533   // aggregates passed indirectly by pointer (NOTE: if the "byval"
534   // flag has ABI impact in the callee, this implementation cannot
535   // work.)
536 
537   // Only a few cases are covered here at the moment -- those needed
538   // by the default abi.
539   llvm::Value *Val;
540 
541   if (AI.isIndirect()) {
542     assert(!AI.getPaddingType() &&
543            "Unepxected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!");
544     assert(
545         !AI.getIndirectRealign() &&
546         "Unepxected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!");
547 
548     auto TyInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
549     CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second;
550 
551     llvm::Type *BaseTy =
552         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
553     llvm::Value *Addr =
554         CGF.Builder.CreateVAArg(VAListAddr.getPointer(), BaseTy);
555     return Address(Addr, TyAlignForABI);
556   } else {
557     assert((AI.isDirect() || AI.isExtend()) &&
558            "Unexpected ArgInfo Kind in generic VAArg emitter!");
559 
560     assert(!AI.getInReg() &&
561            "Unepxected InReg seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!");
562     assert(!AI.getPaddingType() &&
563            "Unepxected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!");
564     assert(!AI.getDirectOffset() &&
565            "Unepxected DirectOffset seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!");
566     assert(!AI.getCoerceToType() &&
567            "Unepxected CoerceToType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!");
568 
569     Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "varet");
570     Val = CGF.Builder.CreateVAArg(VAListAddr.getPointer(), CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
571     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Val, Temp);
572     return Temp;
573   }
574 }
575 
576 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
577 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in
578 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
579 /// conform to any particular ABI.
580 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
581 public:
582   DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
583 
584   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
585   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
586 
587   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
588     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
589       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
590     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
591       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
592   }
593 
594   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
595                     QualType Ty) const override {
596     return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, classifyArgumentType(Ty));
597   }
598 };
599 
600 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
601 public:
602   DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
603     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
604 };
605 
606 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
607   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
608 
609   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
610     // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
611     // passed by value.
612     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
613       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
614 
615     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
616   }
617 
618   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
619   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
620     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
621 
622   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
623           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
624 }
625 
626 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
627   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
628     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
629 
630   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
631     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
632 
633   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
634   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
635     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
636 
637   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
638           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
639 }
640 
641 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
642 // WebAssembly ABI Implementation
643 //
644 // This is a very simple ABI that relies a lot on DefaultABIInfo.
645 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
646 
647 class WebAssemblyABIInfo final : public DefaultABIInfo {
648 public:
649   explicit WebAssemblyABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
650       : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
651 
652 private:
653   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
654   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
655 
656   // DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are
657   // non-virtual, but computeInfo and EmitVAArg is virtual, so we
658   // overload them.
659   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
660     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
661       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
662     for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments())
663       Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type);
664   }
665 
666   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
667                     QualType Ty) const override;
668 };
669 
670 class WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo final : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
671 public:
672   explicit WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
673       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WebAssemblyABIInfo(CGT)) {}
674 };
675 
676 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
677 ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
678   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
679 
680   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
681     // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
682     // passed by value.
683     if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
684       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
685     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
686     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
687       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
688     // Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We
689     // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(),
690     // though watch out for things like bitfields.
691     if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
692       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
693   }
694 
695   // Otherwise just do the default thing.
696   return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
697 }
698 
699 ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
700   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
701     // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
702     // returned by value.
703     if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) {
704       // Ignore empty structs/unions.
705       if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
706         return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
707       // Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value. TODO: We
708       // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using
709       // ABIArgInfo::getDirect().
710       if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
711         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
712     }
713   }
714 
715   // Otherwise just do the default thing.
716   return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
717 }
718 
719 Address WebAssemblyABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
720                                       QualType Ty) const {
721   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect=*/ false,
722                           getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
723                           CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
724                           /*AllowHigherAlign=*/ true);
725 }
726 
727 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
728 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
729 //
730 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI.  Arguments and return values
731 // are always passed on the stack.
732 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
733 
734 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
735  public:
736   PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
737 
738   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
739   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
740 
741   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
742   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
743                     Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const override;
744 };
745 
746 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
747  public:
748   PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
749     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
750 };
751 
752 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
753   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
754     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
755 
756   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
757     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
758 }
759 
760 Address PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
761                                 QualType Ty) const {
762   // The PNaCL ABI is a bit odd, in that varargs don't use normal
763   // function classification. Structs get passed directly for varargs
764   // functions, through a rewriting transform in
765   // pnacl-llvm/lib/Transforms/NaCl/ExpandVarArgs.cpp, which allows
766   // this target to actually support a va_arg instructions with an
767   // aggregate type, unlike other targets.
768   return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
769 }
770 
771 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
772 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
773   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
774     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
775       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
776     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
777   } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
778     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
779     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
780   } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
781     // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
782     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
783   }
784 
785   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
786           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
787 }
788 
789 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
790   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
791     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
792 
793   // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
794   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
795     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
796 
797   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
798   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
799     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
800 
801   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
802           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
803 }
804 
805 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
806 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
807   // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
808   return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
809     cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
810     IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
811 }
812 
813 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
814                                           StringRef Constraint,
815                                           llvm::Type* Ty) {
816   if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
817     if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
818       // Invalid MMX constraint
819       return nullptr;
820     }
821 
822     return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
823   }
824 
825   // No operation needed
826   return Ty;
827 }
828 
829 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
830 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
831 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
832   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
833     if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
834       return true;
835   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
836     // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
837     // registers specially.
838     unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
839     if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
840       return true;
841   }
842   return false;
843 }
844 
845 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
846 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
847 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
848   return NumMembers <= 4;
849 }
850 
851 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
852 // X86-32 ABI Implementation
853 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
854 
855 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
856 struct CCState {
857   CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
858 
859   unsigned CC;
860   unsigned FreeRegs;
861   unsigned FreeSSERegs;
862 };
863 
864 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
865 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
866   enum Class {
867     Integer,
868     Float
869   };
870 
871   static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
872 
873   bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
874   bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI;
875   bool IsWin32StructABI;
876   bool IsSoftFloatABI;
877   bool IsMCUABI;
878   unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
879 
880   static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
881     return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
882   }
883 
884   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
885     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
886     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
887   }
888 
889   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
890                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
891     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
892     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
893   }
894 
895   bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
896 
897   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
898   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
899   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
900 
901   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
902 
903   /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
904   unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
905 
906   Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
907   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
908   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
909   /// \brief Updates the number of available free registers, returns
910   /// true if any registers were allocated.
911   bool updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
912 
913   bool shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &InReg,
914                                 bool &NeedsPadding) const;
915   bool shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
916 
917   /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
918   /// inalloca.
919   void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
920 
921   void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
922                            CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
923                            QualType Type) const;
924 
925 public:
926 
927   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
928   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
929                     QualType Ty) const override;
930 
931   X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
932                 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
933                 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
934     : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(DarwinVectorABI),
935       IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI),
936       IsWin32StructABI(Win32StructABI),
937       IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI),
938       IsMCUABI(CGT.getTarget().getTriple().isOSIAMCU()),
939       DefaultNumRegisterParameters(NumRegisterParameters) {}
940 };
941 
942 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
943 public:
944   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
945                           bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
946                           unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
947       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(
948             CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, Win32StructABI,
949             NumRegisterParameters, SoftFloatABI)) {}
950 
951   static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
952       const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
953 
954   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
955                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
956 
957   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
958     // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
959     if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
960     return 4;
961   }
962 
963   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
964                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
965 
966   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
967                                   StringRef Constraint,
968                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
969     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
970   }
971 
972   void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
973                                 std::string &Constraints,
974                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
975                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
976                                 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
977                                 std::string &AsmString,
978                                 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
979 
980   llvm::Constant *
981   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
982     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
983                    (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
984                    ('F' << 16) |
985                    ('T' << 24);
986     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
987   }
988 
989   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
990     return "movl\t%ebp, %ebp"
991            "\t\t## marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
992   }
993 };
994 
995 }
996 
997 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
998 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
999 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
1000 ///     mov $0, $1
1001 ///     mov eax, $1
1002 /// The result will be:
1003 ///     mov $0, $2
1004 ///     mov eax, $2
1005 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
1006                                              unsigned NumNewOuts,
1007                                              std::string &AsmString) {
1008   std::string Buf;
1009   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
1010   size_t Pos = 0;
1011   while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
1012     size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
1013     if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
1014       DollarStart = AsmString.size();
1015     size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
1016     if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
1017       DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
1018     OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
1019     Pos = DollarEnd;
1020     size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
1021     if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
1022       // We have an operand reference.
1023       size_t DigitStart = Pos;
1024       size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
1025       if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
1026         DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
1027       StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
1028       unsigned OperandIndex;
1029       if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
1030         if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
1031           OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
1032         OS << OperandIndex;
1033       } else {
1034         OS << OperandStr;
1035       }
1036       Pos = DigitEnd;
1037     }
1038   }
1039   AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
1040 }
1041 
1042 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
1043 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
1044     CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
1045     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
1046     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
1047     std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
1048     unsigned NumOutputs) const {
1049   uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
1050 
1051   // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
1052   // larger.
1053   if (!Constraints.empty())
1054     Constraints += ',';
1055   if (RetWidth <= 32) {
1056     Constraints += "={eax}";
1057     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
1058   } else {
1059     // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
1060     Constraints += "=A";
1061     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
1062   }
1063 
1064   // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
1065   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
1066   ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
1067 
1068   // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
1069   ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
1070                                                   CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
1071   ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
1072 
1073   rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
1074 }
1075 
1076 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
1077 /// returned in a register (for the Darwin and MCU ABI).
1078 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
1079                                                ASTContext &Context) const {
1080   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1081 
1082   // For i386, type must be register sized.
1083   // For the MCU ABI, it only needs to be <= 8-byte
1084   if ((IsMCUABI && Size > 64) || (!IsMCUABI && !isRegisterSize(Size)))
1085    return false;
1086 
1087   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
1088     // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
1089     // registers.
1090     if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
1091       return false;
1092 
1093     return true;
1094   }
1095 
1096   // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
1097   // member function pointer it is ok.
1098   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
1099       Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
1100       Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
1101     return true;
1102 
1103   // Arrays are treated like records.
1104   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
1105     return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
1106 
1107   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
1108   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1109   if (!RT) return false;
1110 
1111   // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
1112 
1113   // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
1114   // passed in a register.
1115   for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
1116     // Empty fields are ignored.
1117     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
1118       continue;
1119 
1120     // Check fields recursively.
1121     if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
1122       return false;
1123   }
1124   return true;
1125 }
1126 
1127 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
1128   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
1129   // integer register.
1130   if (State.FreeRegs) {
1131     --State.FreeRegs;
1132     if (!IsMCUABI)
1133       return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(RetTy);
1134   }
1135   return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);
1136 }
1137 
1138 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
1139                                              CCState &State) const {
1140   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
1141     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1142 
1143   const Type *Base = nullptr;
1144   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1145   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1146       isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
1147     // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
1148     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1149   }
1150 
1151   if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1152     // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
1153     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1154       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
1155 
1156       // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
1157       // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
1158       // backend will like.
1159       if (Size == 128)
1160         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
1161                   llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
1162 
1163       // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
1164       // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
1165       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1166           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1167         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1168                                                             Size));
1169 
1170       return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
1171     }
1172 
1173     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1174   }
1175 
1176   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
1177     if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1178       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
1179       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1180         return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
1181     }
1182 
1183     // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
1184     if (!IsRetSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
1185       return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
1186 
1187     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
1188     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
1189       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1190 
1191     // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
1192     // in a register.
1193     if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
1194       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
1195 
1196       // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
1197       // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
1198       // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
1199       // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
1200       // quality of the generated IR.
1201       if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
1202         if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
1203             || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
1204           return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
1205 
1206       // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
1207       // padding.
1208       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
1209     }
1210 
1211     return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
1212   }
1213 
1214   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1215   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
1216     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1217 
1218   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1219           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1220 }
1221 
1222 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1223   return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
1224 }
1225 
1226 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1227   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1228   if (!RT)
1229     return 0;
1230   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1231 
1232   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1233   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
1234     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
1235       if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
1236         return false;
1237 
1238   for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
1239     QualType FT = i->getType();
1240 
1241     if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
1242       return true;
1243 
1244     if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
1245       return true;
1246   }
1247 
1248   return false;
1249 }
1250 
1251 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
1252                                                  unsigned Align) const {
1253   // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
1254   // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
1255   if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
1256     return 0; // Use default alignment.
1257 
1258   // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
1259   if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1260     // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
1261     return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
1262   }
1263 
1264   // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
1265   if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
1266                       isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
1267     return 16;
1268 
1269   return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
1270 }
1271 
1272 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
1273                                             CCState &State) const {
1274   if (!ByVal) {
1275     if (State.FreeRegs) {
1276       --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
1277       if (!IsMCUABI)
1278         return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty);
1279     }
1280     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false);
1281   }
1282 
1283   // Compute the byval alignment.
1284   unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
1285   unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
1286   if (StackAlign == 0)
1287     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true);
1288 
1289   // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
1290   // argument.
1291   bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
1292   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlign),
1293                                  /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
1294 }
1295 
1296 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
1297   const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
1298   if (!T)
1299     T = Ty.getTypePtr();
1300 
1301   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1302     BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
1303     if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
1304       return Float;
1305   }
1306   return Integer;
1307 }
1308 
1309 bool X86_32ABIInfo::updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
1310   if (!IsSoftFloatABI) {
1311     Class C = classify(Ty);
1312     if (C == Float)
1313       return false;
1314   }
1315 
1316   unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1317   unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
1318 
1319   if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1320     return false;
1321 
1322   if (!IsMCUABI) {
1323     if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1324       State.FreeRegs = 0;
1325       return false;
1326     }
1327   } else {
1328     // The MCU psABI allows passing parameters in-reg even if there are
1329     // earlier parameters that are passed on the stack. Also,
1330     // it does not allow passing >8-byte structs in-register,
1331     // even if there are 3 free registers available.
1332     if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs || SizeInRegs > 2)
1333       return false;
1334   }
1335 
1336   State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
1337   return true;
1338 }
1339 
1340 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
1341                                              bool &InReg,
1342                                              bool &NeedsPadding) const {
1343   NeedsPadding = false;
1344   InReg = !IsMCUABI;
1345 
1346   if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State))
1347     return false;
1348 
1349   if (IsMCUABI)
1350     return true;
1351 
1352   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1353       State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1354     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 32 && State.FreeRegs)
1355       NeedsPadding = true;
1356 
1357     return false;
1358   }
1359 
1360   return true;
1361 }
1362 
1363 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
1364   if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State))
1365     return false;
1366 
1367   if (IsMCUABI)
1368     return false;
1369 
1370   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1371       State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1372     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 32)
1373       return false;
1374 
1375     return (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || Ty->isPointerType() ||
1376         Ty->isReferenceType());
1377   }
1378 
1379   return true;
1380 }
1381 
1382 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1383                                                CCState &State) const {
1384   // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
1385 
1386   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1387 
1388   // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1389   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1390   if (RT) {
1391     CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1392     if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1393       return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1394     } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1395       // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1396       return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1397     }
1398   }
1399 
1400   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1401   // to other targets.
1402   const Type *Base = nullptr;
1403   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1404   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1405       isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1406     if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1407       State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1408       if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1409         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1410       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1411     }
1412     return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1413   }
1414 
1415   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1416     if (RT) {
1417       // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
1418       if (IsWin32StructABI)
1419         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1420 
1421       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
1422       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1423         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1424     }
1425 
1426     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
1427     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
1428       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1429 
1430     llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1431     llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1432     bool NeedsPadding, InReg;
1433     if (shouldAggregateUseDirect(Ty, State, InReg, NeedsPadding)) {
1434       unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
1435       SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
1436       llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1437       if (InReg)
1438         return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1439       else
1440         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Result);
1441     }
1442     llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
1443 
1444     // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1445     // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1446     // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1447     // optimizations.
1448     // Don't do this for the MCU if there are still free integer registers
1449     // (see X86_64 ABI for full explanation).
1450     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1451         canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()) &&
1452         (!IsMCUABI || State.FreeRegs == 0))
1453       return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
1454           State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1455               State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1456           PaddingType);
1457 
1458     return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1459   }
1460 
1461   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1462     // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1463     // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
1464     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1465       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1466       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1467           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1468         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1469                                                             Size));
1470     }
1471 
1472     if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1473       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
1474 
1475     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1476   }
1477 
1478 
1479   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1480     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1481 
1482   bool InReg = shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(Ty, State);
1483 
1484   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1485     if (InReg)
1486       return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1487     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1488   }
1489 
1490   if (InReg)
1491     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1492   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1493 }
1494 
1495 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1496   CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1497   if (IsMCUABI)
1498     State.FreeRegs = 3;
1499   else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1500     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1501   else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1502     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1503     State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1504   } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
1505     State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
1506   else
1507     State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
1508 
1509   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
1510     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
1511   } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1512     // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1513     // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1514     if (State.FreeRegs) {
1515       --State.FreeRegs;  // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1516       if (!IsMCUABI)
1517         FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1518     }
1519   }
1520 
1521   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1522   if (FI.isChainCall())
1523     ++State.FreeRegs;
1524 
1525   bool UsedInAlloca = false;
1526   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1527     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1528     UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
1529   }
1530 
1531   // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1532   // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1533   if (UsedInAlloca)
1534     rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1535 }
1536 
1537 void
1538 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1539                                    CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
1540                                    QualType Type) const {
1541   // Arguments are always 4-byte-aligned.
1542   CharUnits FieldAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1543 
1544   assert(StackOffset.isMultipleOf(FieldAlign) && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1545   Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1546   FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1547   StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type);
1548 
1549   // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.
1550   CharUnits FieldEnd = StackOffset;
1551   StackOffset = FieldEnd.alignTo(FieldAlign);
1552   if (StackOffset != FieldEnd) {
1553     CharUnits NumBytes = StackOffset - FieldEnd;
1554     llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1555     Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes.getQuantity());
1556     FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1557   }
1558 }
1559 
1560 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1561   // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1562   switch (Info.getKind()) {
1563   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1564     return true;
1565   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1566     assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1567     return true;
1568   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1569     return false;
1570   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1571   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1572   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1573     if (Info.getInReg())
1574       return false;
1575     return true;
1576   }
1577   llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1578 }
1579 
1580 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1581   assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1582 
1583   // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1584   SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1585 
1586   // The stack alignment is always 4.
1587   CharUnits StackAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1588 
1589   CharUnits StackOffset;
1590   CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1591 
1592   // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1593   bool IsThisCall =
1594       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1595   ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1596   if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1597       isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1598     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1599     ++I;
1600   }
1601 
1602   // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1603   if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1604     CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1605     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
1606     // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1607     Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
1608   }
1609 
1610   // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1611   if (IsThisCall)
1612     ++I;
1613 
1614   // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1615   for (; I != E; ++I) {
1616     if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1617       addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1618   }
1619 
1620   FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1621                                         /*isPacked=*/true),
1622                   StackAlign);
1623 }
1624 
1625 Address X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1626                                  Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const {
1627 
1628   auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
1629 
1630   // x86-32 changes the alignment of certain arguments on the stack.
1631   //
1632   // Just messing with TypeInfo like this works because we never pass
1633   // anything indirectly.
1634   TypeInfo.second = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
1635                 getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeInfo.second.getQuantity()));
1636 
1637   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
1638                           TypeInfo, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
1639                           /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
1640 }
1641 
1642 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1643     const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1644   assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1645 
1646   switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1647   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1648     break;
1649   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack:  // -fpcc-struct-return
1650     return false;
1651   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs:  // -freg-struct-return
1652     return true;
1653   }
1654 
1655   if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.isOSIAMCU())
1656     return true;
1657 
1658   switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1659   case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1660   case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1661   case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1662   case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1663   case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1664     return true;
1665   default:
1666     return false;
1667   }
1668 }
1669 
1670 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1671                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1672                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1673   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1674     if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1675       // Get the LLVM function.
1676       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1677 
1678       // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
1679       llvm::AttrBuilder B;
1680       B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
1681       Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1682                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1683                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1684                                               B));
1685     }
1686     if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
1687       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1688       Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
1689     }
1690   }
1691 }
1692 
1693 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1694                                                CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1695                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
1696   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1697 
1698   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
1699 
1700   // 0-7 are the eight integer registers;  the order is different
1701   //   on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1702   // 8 is %eip.
1703   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
1704 
1705   if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
1706     // 12-16 are st(0..4).  Not sure why we stop at 4.
1707     // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1708     // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
1709     llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
1710     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
1711 
1712   } else {
1713     // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1714     // reason.
1715     Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
1716         Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9),
1717                                CharUnits::One());
1718 
1719     // 11-16 are st(0..5).  Not sure why we stop at 5.
1720     // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1721     // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
1722     llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
1723     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1724   }
1725 
1726   return false;
1727 }
1728 
1729 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1730 // X86-64 ABI Implementation
1731 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1732 
1733 
1734 namespace {
1735 /// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets.
1736 enum class X86AVXABILevel {
1737   None,
1738   AVX,
1739   AVX512
1740 };
1741 
1742 /// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel.
1743 static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) {
1744   switch (AVXLevel) {
1745   case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512:
1746     return 512;
1747   case X86AVXABILevel::AVX:
1748     return 256;
1749   case X86AVXABILevel::None:
1750     return 128;
1751   }
1752   llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel");
1753 }
1754 
1755 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1756 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1757   enum Class {
1758     Integer = 0,
1759     SSE,
1760     SSEUp,
1761     X87,
1762     X87Up,
1763     ComplexX87,
1764     NoClass,
1765     Memory
1766   };
1767 
1768   /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1769   ///
1770   /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1771   /// classification \arg Field.
1772   ///
1773   /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1774   /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1775   /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1776   /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
1777   static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
1778 
1779   /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1780   ///
1781   /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1782   /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1783   ///
1784   /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1785   /// the classification process.
1786   ///
1787   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1788   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1789   ///
1790   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1791   /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1792   ///
1793   void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1794 
1795   /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1796   /// given type T should be passed.
1797   ///
1798   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1799   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1800   ///
1801   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1802   /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1803   ///
1804   /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1805   /// containing object.  Some parameters are classified different
1806   /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1807   ///
1808   /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1809   /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1810   ///
1811   /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1812   /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1813   /// will be Memory.
1814   ///
1815   /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
1816   ///
1817   /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1818   /// also be ComplexX87.
1819   void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1820                 bool isNamedArg) const;
1821 
1822   llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1823   llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1824                                  unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1825                                  unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1826   llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1827                                      unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1828                                      unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1829 
1830   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1831   /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
1832   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
1833 
1834   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1835   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
1836   ///
1837   /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1838   /// available.
1839   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
1840 
1841   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
1842 
1843   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1844                                   unsigned freeIntRegs,
1845                                   unsigned &neededInt,
1846                                   unsigned &neededSSE,
1847                                   bool isNamedArg) const;
1848 
1849   bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1850 
1851   /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1852   /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1853   /// certain previous compilers.  In particular, platforms which
1854   /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1855   /// may need to exempt themselves.
1856   bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
1857     return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
1858   }
1859 
1860   X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
1861   // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1862   // 64-bit hardware.
1863   bool Has64BitPointers;
1864 
1865 public:
1866   X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) :
1867       ABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
1868       Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
1869   }
1870 
1871   bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1872     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
1873     // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
1874     ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1875                                            /*isNamedArg*/true);
1876     if (info.isDirect()) {
1877       llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1878       if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1879         return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1880     }
1881     return false;
1882   }
1883 
1884   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1885 
1886   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1887                     QualType Ty) const override;
1888   Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1889                       QualType Ty) const override;
1890 
1891   bool has64BitPointers() const {
1892     return Has64BitPointers;
1893   }
1894 };
1895 
1896 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
1897 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1898 public:
1899   WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1900       : ABIInfo(CGT),
1901         IsMingw64(getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) {}
1902 
1903   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1904 
1905   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1906                     QualType Ty) const override;
1907 
1908   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1909     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1910     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1911   }
1912 
1913   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1914                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1915     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1916     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1917   }
1918 
1919 private:
1920   ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1921                       bool IsReturnType) const;
1922 
1923   bool IsMingw64;
1924 };
1925 
1926 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1927 public:
1928   X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1929       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)) {}
1930 
1931   const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1932     return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1933   }
1934 
1935   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1936     return 7;
1937   }
1938 
1939   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1940                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1941     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1942 
1943     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1944     // 16 is %rip.
1945     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1946     return false;
1947   }
1948 
1949   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1950                                   StringRef Constraint,
1951                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
1952     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1953   }
1954 
1955   bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
1956                              const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
1957     // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1958     // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
1959     // function, so we override the default behavior.  However, don't do
1960     // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1961     // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1962     // defines varargs anyway.
1963     if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
1964       bool HasAVXType = false;
1965       for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1966              it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1967         if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1968           HasAVXType = true;
1969           break;
1970         }
1971       }
1972 
1973       if (!HasAVXType)
1974         return true;
1975     }
1976 
1977     return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
1978   }
1979 
1980   llvm::Constant *
1981   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1982     unsigned Sig;
1983     if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1984       Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1985             (0x0a << 8) |  //           .+0x0c
1986             ('F' << 16) |
1987             ('T' << 24);
1988     else
1989       Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1990             (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
1991             ('F' << 16) |
1992             ('T' << 24);
1993     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1994   }
1995 
1996   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1997                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1998     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1999       if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
2000         llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
2001         Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
2002       }
2003     }
2004   }
2005 };
2006 
2007 class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
2008 public:
2009   PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
2010     : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {}
2011 
2012   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
2013                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
2014     Opt = "\01";
2015     // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
2016     if (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos)
2017       Opt += "\"" + Lib.str() + "\"";
2018     else
2019       Opt += Lib;
2020   }
2021 };
2022 
2023 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
2024   // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
2025   // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
2026   // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
2027   bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
2028   std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
2029   ArgStr += Lib;
2030   if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
2031     ArgStr += ".lib";
2032   ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
2033   return ArgStr;
2034 }
2035 
2036 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
2037 public:
2038   WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
2039         bool DarwinVectorABI, bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
2040         unsigned NumRegisterParameters)
2041     : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
2042         Win32StructABI, NumRegisterParameters, false) {}
2043 
2044   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
2045                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
2046 
2047   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
2048                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
2049     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
2050     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
2051   }
2052 
2053   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
2054                                llvm::StringRef Value,
2055                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
2056     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
2057   }
2058 };
2059 
2060 static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
2061                                              llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
2062                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
2063   if (D && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2064     if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
2065       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
2066 
2067       Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
2068                     llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
2069     }
2070   }
2071 }
2072 
2073 void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
2074                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
2075                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
2076   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
2077 
2078   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
2079 }
2080 
2081 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2082 public:
2083   WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
2084                              X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
2085       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
2086 
2087   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
2088                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
2089 
2090   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
2091     return 7;
2092   }
2093 
2094   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2095                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
2096     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
2097 
2098     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
2099     // 16 is %rip.
2100     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
2101     return false;
2102   }
2103 
2104   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
2105                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
2106     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
2107     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
2108   }
2109 
2110   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
2111                                llvm::StringRef Value,
2112                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
2113     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
2114   }
2115 };
2116 
2117 void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
2118                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
2119                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
2120   TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
2121 
2122   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2123     if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
2124       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
2125       Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
2126     }
2127   }
2128 
2129   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
2130 }
2131 }
2132 
2133 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
2134                               Class &Hi) const {
2135   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
2136   //
2137   // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
2138   //     memory.
2139   //
2140   // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
2141   //     memory.
2142   //
2143   // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
2144   //     eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
2145   //     argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
2146   //     ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
2147   //
2148   // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
2149   //
2150   // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic.  Others can arise
2151   // only with unions; for example:
2152   //   union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
2153   //
2154   // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
2155   //
2156   if (Hi == Memory)
2157     Lo = Memory;
2158   if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
2159     Lo = Memory;
2160   if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
2161     Lo = Memory;
2162   if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
2163     Hi = SSE;
2164 }
2165 
2166 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
2167   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
2168   // classified recursively so that always two fields are
2169   // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
2170   // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
2171   //
2172   // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
2173   //
2174   // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
2175   // the other class.
2176   //
2177   // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
2178   // class.
2179   //
2180   // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
2181   // INTEGER.
2182   //
2183   // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
2184   // MEMORY is used as class.
2185   //
2186   // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
2187 
2188   // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
2189   // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
2190   assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
2191          "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
2192   if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
2193     return Accum;
2194   if (Field == Memory)
2195     return Memory;
2196   if (Accum == NoClass)
2197     return Field;
2198   if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
2199     return Integer;
2200   if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
2201       Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
2202     return Memory;
2203   return SSE;
2204 }
2205 
2206 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
2207                              Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
2208   // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
2209   // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
2210   // situations.
2211 
2212   // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
2213   // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
2214   // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
2215 
2216   Lo = Hi = NoClass;
2217 
2218   Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
2219   Current = Memory;
2220 
2221   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
2222     BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
2223 
2224     if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
2225       Current = NoClass;
2226     } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
2227       Lo = Integer;
2228       Hi = Integer;
2229     } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
2230       Current = Integer;
2231     } else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) {
2232       Current = SSE;
2233     } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
2234       const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2235       if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) {
2236         Lo = SSE;
2237         Hi = SSEUp;
2238       } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) {
2239         Lo = X87;
2240         Hi = X87Up;
2241       } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) {
2242         Current = SSE;
2243       } else
2244         llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
2245     }
2246     // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
2247     // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
2248     return;
2249   }
2250 
2251   if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
2252     // Classify the underlying integer type.
2253     classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
2254     return;
2255   }
2256 
2257   if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
2258     Current = Integer;
2259     return;
2260   }
2261 
2262   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
2263     if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
2264       if (Has64BitPointers) {
2265         // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
2266         // Lo and Hi now.
2267         Lo = Hi = Integer;
2268       } else {
2269         // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
2270         // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
2271         uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2272         uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
2273         if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
2274           Lo = Hi = Integer;
2275         } else {
2276           Current = Integer;
2277         }
2278       }
2279     } else {
2280       Current = Integer;
2281     }
2282     return;
2283   }
2284 
2285   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2286     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
2287     if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) {
2288       // gcc passes the following as integer:
2289       // 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float>
2290       // 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short>
2291       // 1 byte  - <1 x char>
2292       Current = Integer;
2293 
2294       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2295       // split.
2296       uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2297       uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
2298       if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi)
2299         Hi = Lo;
2300     } else if (Size == 64) {
2301       // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
2302       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
2303         return;
2304 
2305       // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
2306       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
2307           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
2308           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
2309           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
2310         Current = Integer;
2311       else
2312         Current = SSE;
2313 
2314       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2315       // split.
2316       if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
2317         Hi = Lo;
2318     } else if (Size == 128 ||
2319                (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
2320       // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
2321       // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
2322       // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
2323       // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
2324       // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
2325       // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
2326       // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
2327       //
2328       // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
2329       // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
2330       // variadic function.
2331       //
2332       // Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are
2333       // split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP.
2334       Lo = SSE;
2335       Hi = SSEUp;
2336     }
2337     return;
2338   }
2339 
2340   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2341     QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
2342 
2343     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2344     if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
2345       if (Size <= 64)
2346         Current = Integer;
2347       else if (Size <= 128)
2348         Lo = Hi = Integer;
2349     } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) {
2350       Current = SSE;
2351     } else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) {
2352       Lo = Hi = SSE;
2353     } else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) {
2354       const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2355       if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad)
2356         Current = Memory;
2357       else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended)
2358         Current = ComplexX87;
2359       else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble)
2360         Lo = Hi = SSE;
2361       else
2362         llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
2363     }
2364 
2365     // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
2366     // should be split.
2367     uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2368     uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
2369     if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
2370       Hi = Lo;
2371 
2372     return;
2373   }
2374 
2375   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2376     // Arrays are treated like structures.
2377 
2378     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2379 
2380     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
2381     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2382     if (Size > 256)
2383       return;
2384 
2385     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
2386     // fields, it has class MEMORY.
2387     //
2388     // Only need to check alignment of array base.
2389     if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
2390       return;
2391 
2392     // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
2393     // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
2394     Current = NoClass;
2395     uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2396     uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2397 
2398     // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
2399     // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2400     // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2401     if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
2402       return;
2403 
2404     for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
2405       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2406       classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2407       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2408       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2409       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2410         break;
2411     }
2412 
2413     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2414     assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
2415     return;
2416   }
2417 
2418   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2419     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2420 
2421     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
2422     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2423     if (Size > 256)
2424       return;
2425 
2426     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2427     // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2428     // reference.
2429     if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
2430       return;
2431 
2432     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2433 
2434     // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2435     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2436       return;
2437 
2438     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2439 
2440     // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2441     Current = NoClass;
2442 
2443     // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2444     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2445       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2446         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2447                "Unexpected base class!");
2448         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2449           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2450 
2451         // Classify this field.
2452         //
2453         // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2454         // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2455         // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2456         Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2457         uint64_t Offset =
2458           OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2459         classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2460         Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2461         Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2462         if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) {
2463           postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2464           return;
2465         }
2466       }
2467     }
2468 
2469     // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
2470     unsigned idx = 0;
2471     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2472            i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2473       uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2474       bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2475 
2476       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2477       // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
2478       //
2479       // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2480       // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2481       // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2482       //
2483       if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2484         Lo = Memory;
2485         postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2486         return;
2487       }
2488       // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
2489       if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
2490         Lo = Memory;
2491         postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2492         return;
2493       }
2494 
2495       // Classify this field.
2496       //
2497       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2498       // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2499       // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2500       // NO_CLASS.
2501       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2502 
2503       // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2504       // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2505       // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2506       if (BitField) {
2507         // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2508         if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2509           continue;
2510 
2511         uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2512         uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
2513 
2514         uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2515         uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
2516 
2517         if (EB_Lo) {
2518           assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2519           FieldLo = NoClass;
2520           FieldHi = Integer;
2521         } else {
2522           FieldLo = Integer;
2523           FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2524         }
2525       } else
2526         classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2527       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2528       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2529       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2530         break;
2531     }
2532 
2533     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2534   }
2535 }
2536 
2537 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
2538   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2539   // place naturally.
2540   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
2541     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2542     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2543       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2544 
2545     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2546             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2547   }
2548 
2549   return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
2550 }
2551 
2552 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2553   if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2554     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
2555     unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel);
2556     if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2557       return true;
2558   }
2559 
2560   return false;
2561 }
2562 
2563 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2564                                             unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
2565   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2566   // place naturally.
2567   //
2568   // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2569   // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2570   // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2571   // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2572   // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
2573   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
2574     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2575     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2576       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2577 
2578     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2579             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2580   }
2581 
2582   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
2583     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2584 
2585   // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2586   // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2587   unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
2588 
2589   // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2590   // is important for good codegen.
2591   //
2592   // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2593   // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2594   //
2595   // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2596   // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2597   // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2598   // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2599   // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2600   // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2601   // might be inreg.
2602   //
2603   // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2604   // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2605   // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2606   // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2607   //
2608   // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2609   // attributes. See PR12193.
2610   if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2611     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2612 
2613     // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2614     // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2615     if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2616       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2617                                                           Size));
2618   }
2619 
2620   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
2621 }
2622 
2623 /// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2624 /// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
2625 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2626   // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2627   // vectors; strip them off if present.
2628   if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2629     Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
2630 
2631   llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2632   if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) ||
2633       IRType->getTypeID() == llvm::Type::FP128TyID)
2634     return IRType;
2635 
2636   // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
2637   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2638   assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!");
2639 
2640   // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
2641   return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
2642                                Size / 64);
2643 }
2644 
2645 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2646 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2647 /// alignment padding.  The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2648 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2649 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2650 ///
2651 /// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2652 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2653                                   unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2654   // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2655   // data hiding here.  This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2656   // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2657   unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2658   if (TySize <= StartBit)
2659     return true;
2660 
2661   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2662     unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2663     unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2664 
2665     // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2666     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2667       // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2668       unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2669       if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
2670 
2671       unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2672       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2673                                  EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2674         return false;
2675     }
2676     // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2677     return true;
2678   }
2679 
2680   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2681     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2682     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2683 
2684     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2685     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2686       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2687         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2688                "Unexpected base class!");
2689         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2690           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2691 
2692         // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
2693         unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2694         if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
2695 
2696         unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
2697         if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
2698                                    EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2699           return false;
2700       }
2701     }
2702 
2703     // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest.  Yes
2704     // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2705     // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2706     // much.
2707     unsigned idx = 0;
2708     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2709          i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2710       unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2711 
2712       // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2713       if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2714 
2715       unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2716       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2717                                  Context))
2718         return false;
2719     }
2720 
2721     // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2722     // clean.
2723     return true;
2724   }
2725 
2726   return false;
2727 }
2728 
2729 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2730 /// float member at the specified offset.  For example, {int,{float}} has a
2731 /// float at offset 4.  It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2732 /// false.
2733 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2734                                   const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2735   // Base case if we find a float.
2736   if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2737     return true;
2738 
2739   // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2740   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2741     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2742     unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2743     IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2744     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2745   }
2746 
2747   // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2748   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2749     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2750     unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2751     IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2752     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2753   }
2754 
2755   return false;
2756 }
2757 
2758 
2759 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2760 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
2761 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2762 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2763                    QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2764   // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
2765   // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding.  This happens for
2766   // structs that contain 3 floats.
2767   if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2768                             SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2769     return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
2770 
2771   // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2772   // offset+0 and offset+4.  Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2773   // case.
2774   if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2775       ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
2776     return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2777 
2778   return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2779 }
2780 
2781 
2782 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2783 /// an 8-byte GPR.  This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2784 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct.  This routine picks
2785 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
2786 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2787 /// etc).
2788 ///
2789 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2790 /// the source type.  IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2791 /// the 8-byte value references.  PrefType may be null.
2792 ///
2793 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument.  SourceOffset is
2794 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2795 ///
2796 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2797 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2798                        QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2799   // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2800   // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it.  See if we can safely use it.
2801   if (IROffset == 0) {
2802     // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
2803     if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2804         IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
2805       return IRType;
2806 
2807     // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2808     // goodness in the source type is just tail padding.  This is allowed to
2809     // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2810     // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int.  We
2811     // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2812     // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2813     if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2814         IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2815         (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2816       unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2817           cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
2818 
2819       if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2820                                 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2821         return IRType;
2822     }
2823   }
2824 
2825   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2826     // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2827     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
2828     if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2829       unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2830       IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
2831 
2832       return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2833                                     SourceTy, SourceOffset);
2834     }
2835   }
2836 
2837   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2838     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2839     unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2840     unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2841     return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2842                                   SourceOffset);
2843   }
2844 
2845   // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2846   // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
2847   unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2848     (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
2849 
2850   assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
2851 
2852   // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2853   // isn't larger than the structure.
2854   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2855                                 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
2856 }
2857 
2858 
2859 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2860 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2861 /// first class aggregate to represent them.  For example, if the low part of
2862 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2863 /// return {i32*, float}.
2864 static llvm::Type *
2865 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
2866                            const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2867   // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2868   // at offset 8.  If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2869   // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2870   // the second element at offset 8.  Check for this:
2871   unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2872   unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
2873   unsigned HiStart = llvm::alignTo(LoSize, HiAlign);
2874   assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2875 
2876   // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2877   // second element will start at an 8 byte offset.  We can't increase the size
2878   // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2879   // struct.
2880   if (HiStart != 8) {
2881     // There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce
2882     // for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or
2883     // i8/i16/i32.  This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and
2884     // NaCl).
2885     // Promote these to a larger type.
2886     if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2887       Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2888     else {
2889       assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy())
2890              && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2891       Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2892     }
2893   }
2894 
2895   llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
2896 
2897 
2898   // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2899   assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2900          "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2901   return Result;
2902 }
2903 
2904 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
2905 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2906   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2907   // classification algorithm.
2908   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2909   classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
2910 
2911   // Check some invariants.
2912   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2913   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2914 
2915   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2916   switch (Lo) {
2917   case NoClass:
2918     if (Hi == NoClass)
2919       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2920     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2921     // null.
2922     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2923            "Unknown missing lo part");
2924     break;
2925 
2926   case SSEUp:
2927   case X87Up:
2928     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2929 
2930     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2931     // hidden argument.
2932   case Memory:
2933     return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2934 
2935     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2936     // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2937   case Integer:
2938     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2939 
2940     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2941     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2942     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2943       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2944       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2945         RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2946 
2947       if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2948           RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2949         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2950     }
2951     break;
2952 
2953     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2954     // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2955   case SSE:
2956     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2957     break;
2958 
2959     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2960     // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2961   case X87:
2962     ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
2963     break;
2964 
2965     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2966     // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2967     // %st1.
2968   case ComplexX87:
2969     assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
2970     ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2971                                     llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2972                                     nullptr);
2973     break;
2974   }
2975 
2976   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2977   switch (Hi) {
2978     // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2979     // never occur as a hi class.
2980   case Memory:
2981   case X87:
2982     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2983 
2984   case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
2985   case NoClass:
2986     break;
2987 
2988   case Integer:
2989     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2990     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2991       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2992     break;
2993   case SSE:
2994     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2995     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2996       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2997     break;
2998 
2999     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
3000     // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
3001     // vector register.
3002     //
3003     // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
3004   case SSEUp:
3005     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
3006     ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
3007     break;
3008 
3009     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
3010     // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
3011   case X87Up:
3012     // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
3013     // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
3014     // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
3015     // extra bits in an SSE reg.
3016     if (Lo != X87) {
3017       HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
3018       if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
3019         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
3020     }
3021     break;
3022   }
3023 
3024   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
3025   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
3026   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
3027   if (HighPart)
3028     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
3029 
3030   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3031 }
3032 
3033 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
3034   QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
3035   bool isNamedArg)
3036   const
3037 {
3038   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3039 
3040   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
3041   classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
3042 
3043   // Check some invariants.
3044   // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
3045   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
3046   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
3047 
3048   neededInt = 0;
3049   neededSSE = 0;
3050   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
3051   switch (Lo) {
3052   case NoClass:
3053     if (Hi == NoClass)
3054       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3055     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
3056     // null.
3057     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
3058            "Unknown missing lo part");
3059     break;
3060 
3061     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
3062     // on the stack.
3063   case Memory:
3064 
3065     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
3066     // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
3067   case X87:
3068   case ComplexX87:
3069     if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
3070       ++neededInt;
3071     return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
3072 
3073   case SSEUp:
3074   case X87Up:
3075     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
3076 
3077     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
3078     // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
3079     // and %r9 is used.
3080   case Integer:
3081     ++neededInt;
3082 
3083     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
3084     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
3085 
3086     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
3087     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
3088     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
3089       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3090       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3091         Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3092 
3093       if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
3094           Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3095         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3096     }
3097 
3098     break;
3099 
3100     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
3101     // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
3102     // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
3103   case SSE: {
3104     llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3105     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
3106     ++neededSSE;
3107     break;
3108   }
3109   }
3110 
3111   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
3112   switch (Hi) {
3113     // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
3114     // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
3115     // which is passed in memory.
3116   case Memory:
3117   case X87:
3118   case ComplexX87:
3119     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
3120 
3121   case NoClass: break;
3122 
3123   case Integer:
3124     ++neededInt;
3125     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
3126     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
3127 
3128     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
3129       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
3130     break;
3131 
3132     // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
3133     // memory), except in situations involving unions.
3134   case X87Up:
3135   case SSE:
3136     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
3137 
3138     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
3139       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
3140 
3141     ++neededSSE;
3142     break;
3143 
3144     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
3145     // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
3146     // register.  This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
3147   case SSEUp:
3148     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
3149     ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
3150     break;
3151   }
3152 
3153   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
3154   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
3155   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
3156   if (HighPart)
3157     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
3158 
3159   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3160 }
3161 
3162 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3163 
3164   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3165     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3166 
3167   // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
3168   unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
3169 
3170   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
3171   // integer register.
3172   if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
3173     --freeIntRegs;
3174 
3175   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
3176   if (FI.isChainCall())
3177     ++freeIntRegs;
3178 
3179   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
3180   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
3181   // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
3182   unsigned ArgNo = 0;
3183   for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3184        it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
3185     bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
3186 
3187     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
3188     it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
3189                                     neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
3190 
3191     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
3192     // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
3193     // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
3194     // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
3195     if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
3196       freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
3197       freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
3198     } else {
3199       it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
3200     }
3201   }
3202 }
3203 
3204 static Address EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3205                                          Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) {
3206   Address overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
3207       VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), "overflow_arg_area_p");
3208   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
3209     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
3210 
3211   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
3212   // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
3213   // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
3214   // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
3215   CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
3216   if (Align > CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)) {
3217     overflow_arg_area = emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, overflow_arg_area,
3218                                                       Align);
3219   }
3220 
3221   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
3222   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
3223   llvm::Value *Res =
3224     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
3225                               llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
3226 
3227   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
3228   // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
3229   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
3230   // an 8 byte boundary.
3231 
3232   uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
3233   llvm::Value *Offset =
3234       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7)  & ~7);
3235   overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
3236                                             "overflow_arg_area.next");
3237   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
3238 
3239   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
3240   return Address(Res, Align);
3241 }
3242 
3243 Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3244                                  QualType Ty) const {
3245   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
3246   // struct {
3247   //   i32 gp_offset;
3248   //   i32 fp_offset;
3249   //   i8* overflow_arg_area;
3250   //   i8* reg_save_area;
3251   // };
3252   unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
3253 
3254   Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
3255   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
3256                                        /*isNamedArg*/false);
3257 
3258   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
3259   // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
3260   if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
3261     return EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
3262 
3263   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
3264   // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
3265   // the number of floating point registers needed.
3266 
3267   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
3268   // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
3269   // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
3270   //
3271   // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
3272   // register save space).
3273 
3274   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
3275   Address gp_offset_p = Address::invalid(), fp_offset_p = Address::invalid();
3276   llvm::Value *gp_offset = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
3277   if (neededInt) {
3278     gp_offset_p =
3279         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, CharUnits::Zero(),
3280                                     "gp_offset_p");
3281     gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
3282     InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
3283     InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
3284   }
3285 
3286   if (neededSSE) {
3287     fp_offset_p =
3288         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
3289                                     "fp_offset_p");
3290     fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
3291     llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
3292       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
3293     FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
3294     InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
3295   }
3296 
3297   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3298   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
3299   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3300   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
3301 
3302   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
3303 
3304   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3305 
3306   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
3307   // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
3308   // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
3309   // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
3310   // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
3311   //
3312   // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
3313   // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
3314   // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
3315   // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
3316   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
3317   llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3318       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)),
3319                                   "reg_save_area");
3320 
3321   Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
3322   if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
3323     // FIXME: Cleanup.
3324     assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
3325     llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
3326     Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3327     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
3328     assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
3329     llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
3330     llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
3331     assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
3332            "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
3333     llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
3334     llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
3335     llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset);
3336     llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset);
3337     llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
3338     llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
3339 
3340     // Copy the first element.
3341     llvm::Value *V =
3342       CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3343                                CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
3344     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3345                     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3346 
3347     // Copy the second element.
3348     V = CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3349                                CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
3350     CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
3351                    getDataLayout().getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(1));
3352     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, Offset));
3353 
3354     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
3355   } else if (neededInt) {
3356     RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset),
3357                       CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3358     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
3359 
3360     // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
3361     std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
3362         getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
3363     uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
3364     CharUnits TyAlign = SizeAlign.second;
3365 
3366     // Copy into a temporary if the type is more aligned than the
3367     // register save area.
3368     if (TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
3369       Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3370       CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, false);
3371       RegAddr = Tmp;
3372     }
3373 
3374   } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
3375     RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3376                       CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3377     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
3378   } else {
3379     assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
3380     // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
3381     // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
3382     // The ABI isn't explicit about this, but it seems reasonable
3383     // to assume that the slots are 16-byte aligned, since the stack is
3384     // naturally 16-byte aligned and the prologue is expected to store
3385     // all the SSE registers to the RSA.
3386     Address RegAddrLo = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3387                                 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3388     Address RegAddrHi =
3389       CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo,
3390                                              CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3391     llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
3392     llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
3393     llvm::Value *V;
3394     Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3395     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
3396     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3397                    CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrLo, DoubleTy));
3398     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3399                    CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3400     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3401                    CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrHi, DoubleTy));
3402     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3403           CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)));
3404 
3405     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
3406   }
3407 
3408   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
3409   // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
3410   // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
3411   if (neededInt) {
3412     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
3413     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
3414                             gp_offset_p);
3415   }
3416   if (neededSSE) {
3417     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
3418     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
3419                             fp_offset_p);
3420   }
3421   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3422 
3423   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
3424 
3425   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
3426   Address MemAddr = EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
3427 
3428   // Return the appropriate result.
3429 
3430   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
3431   Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, MemAddr, InMemBlock,
3432                                  "vaarg.addr");
3433   return ResAddr;
3434 }
3435 
3436 Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3437                                    QualType Ty) const {
3438   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3439                           CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3440                           CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3441                           /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
3442 }
3443 
3444 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3445                                       bool IsReturnType) const {
3446 
3447   if (Ty->isVoidType())
3448     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3449 
3450   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3451     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3452 
3453   TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3454   uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
3455   CharUnits Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align);
3456 
3457   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3458   if (RT) {
3459     if (!IsReturnType) {
3460       if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
3461         return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3462     }
3463 
3464     if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3465       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
3466 
3467   }
3468 
3469   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3470   // other targets.
3471   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3472   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3473   if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3474     if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3475       FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3476       if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3477         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3478       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3479     }
3480     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3481   }
3482 
3483 
3484   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3485     // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3486     // directly.
3487     llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3488     if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3489       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3490   }
3491 
3492   if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3493     // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3494     // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
3495     if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
3496       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
3497 
3498     // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
3499     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
3500   }
3501 
3502   // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3503   // extended.
3504   const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3505   if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
3506     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3507 
3508   // Mingw64 GCC uses the old 80 bit extended precision floating point unit. It
3509   // passes them indirectly through memory.
3510   if (IsMingw64 && BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
3511     const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
3512     if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended)
3513       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3514   }
3515 
3516   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3517 }
3518 
3519 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3520   bool IsVectorCall =
3521       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
3522 
3523   // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3524   unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3525   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3526     FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3527 
3528   // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3529   FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
3530   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
3531     I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
3532 }
3533 
3534 Address WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3535                                     QualType Ty) const {
3536   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3537                           CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3538                           CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3539                           /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
3540 }
3541 
3542 // PowerPC-32
3543 namespace {
3544 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3545 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3546 bool IsSoftFloatABI;
3547 public:
3548   PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI)
3549       : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI) {}
3550 
3551   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3552                     QualType Ty) const override;
3553 };
3554 
3555 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3556 public:
3557   PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI)
3558       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, SoftFloatABI)) {}
3559 
3560   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3561     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3562     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3563   }
3564 
3565   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3566                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3567 };
3568 
3569 }
3570 
3571 // TODO: this implementation is now likely redundant with
3572 // DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg.
3573 Address PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAList,
3574                                       QualType Ty) const {
3575   const unsigned OverflowLimit = 8;
3576   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3577     // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3578     (void)CTy;
3579     return Address::invalid(); // FIXME?
3580   }
3581 
3582   // struct __va_list_tag {
3583   //   unsigned char gpr;
3584   //   unsigned char fpr;
3585   //   unsigned short reserved;
3586   //   void *overflow_arg_area;
3587   //   void *reg_save_area;
3588   // };
3589 
3590   bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3591   bool isInt =
3592       Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
3593   bool isF64 = Ty->isFloatingType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3594 
3595   // All aggregates are passed indirectly?  That doesn't seem consistent
3596   // with the argument-lowering code.
3597   bool isIndirect = Ty->isAggregateType();
3598 
3599   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3600 
3601   // The calling convention either uses 1-2 GPRs or 1 FPR.
3602   Address NumRegsAddr = Address::invalid();
3603   if (isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) {
3604     NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), "gpr");
3605   } else {
3606     NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 1, CharUnits::One(), "fpr");
3607   }
3608 
3609   llvm::Value *NumRegs = Builder.CreateLoad(NumRegsAddr, "numUsedRegs");
3610 
3611   // "Align" the register count when TY is i64.
3612   if (isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) {
3613     NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(1));
3614     NumRegs = Builder.CreateAnd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8((uint8_t) ~1U));
3615   }
3616 
3617   llvm::Value *CC =
3618       Builder.CreateICmpULT(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(OverflowLimit), "cond");
3619 
3620   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3621   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3622   llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3623 
3624   Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3625 
3626   llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
3627   if (isIndirect) DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
3628 
3629   // Case 1: consume registers.
3630   Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
3631   {
3632     CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3633 
3634     Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
3635       Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3636     RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr),
3637                       CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3638     assert(RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty);
3639 
3640     // Floating-point registers start after the general-purpose registers.
3641     if (!(isInt || IsSoftFloatABI)) {
3642       RegAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddr,
3643                                                    CharUnits::fromQuantity(32));
3644     }
3645 
3646     // Get the address of the saved value by scaling the number of
3647     // registers we've used by the number of
3648     CharUnits RegSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity((isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) ? 4 : 8);
3649     llvm::Value *RegOffset =
3650       Builder.CreateMul(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(RegSize.getQuantity()));
3651     RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty,
3652                                             RegAddr.getPointer(), RegOffset),
3653                       RegAddr.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(RegSize));
3654     RegAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, DirectTy);
3655 
3656     // Increase the used-register count.
3657     NumRegs =
3658       Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs,
3659                         Builder.getInt8((isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) ? 2 : 1));
3660     Builder.CreateStore(NumRegs, NumRegsAddr);
3661 
3662     CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3663   }
3664 
3665   // Case 2: consume space in the overflow area.
3666   Address MemAddr = Address::invalid();
3667   {
3668     CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3669 
3670     Builder.CreateStore(Builder.getInt8(OverflowLimit), NumRegsAddr);
3671 
3672     // Everything in the overflow area is rounded up to a size of at least 4.
3673     CharUnits OverflowAreaAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
3674 
3675     CharUnits Size;
3676     if (!isIndirect) {
3677       auto TypeInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
3678       Size = TypeInfo.first.alignTo(OverflowAreaAlign);
3679     } else {
3680       Size = CGF.getPointerSize();
3681     }
3682 
3683     Address OverflowAreaAddr =
3684       Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
3685     Address OverflowArea(Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaAddr, "argp.cur"),
3686                          OverflowAreaAlign);
3687     // Round up address of argument to alignment
3688     CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
3689     if (Align > OverflowAreaAlign) {
3690       llvm::Value *Ptr = OverflowArea.getPointer();
3691       OverflowArea = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, Align),
3692                                                            Align);
3693     }
3694 
3695     MemAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArea, DirectTy);
3696 
3697     // Increase the overflow area.
3698     OverflowArea = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OverflowArea, Size);
3699     Builder.CreateStore(OverflowArea.getPointer(), OverflowAreaAddr);
3700     CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3701   }
3702 
3703   CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3704 
3705   // Merge the cases with a phi.
3706   Address Result = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, UsingRegs, MemAddr, UsingOverflow,
3707                                 "vaarg.addr");
3708 
3709   // Load the pointer if the argument was passed indirectly.
3710   if (isIndirect) {
3711     Result = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Result, "aggr"),
3712                      getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty));
3713   }
3714 
3715   return Result;
3716 }
3717 
3718 bool
3719 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3720                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3721   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3722   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3723 
3724   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3725 
3726   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3727   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3728   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3729   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3730 
3731   // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
3732   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
3733 
3734   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3735   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3736 
3737   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3738   // 64: mq
3739   // 65: lr
3740   // 66: ctr
3741   // 67: ap
3742   // 68-75 cr0-7
3743   // 76: xer
3744   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3745 
3746   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3747   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3748 
3749   // 109: vrsave
3750   // 110: vscr
3751   // 111: spe_acc
3752   // 112: spefscr
3753   // 113: sfp
3754   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3755 
3756   return false;
3757 }
3758 
3759 // PowerPC-64
3760 
3761 namespace {
3762 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3763 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3764 public:
3765   enum ABIKind {
3766     ELFv1 = 0,
3767     ELFv2
3768   };
3769 
3770 private:
3771   static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3772   ABIKind Kind;
3773   bool HasQPX;
3774 
3775   // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3776   // will be passed in a QPX register.
3777   bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3778     if (!HasQPX)
3779       return false;
3780 
3781     if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3782       unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3783       if (NumElements == 1)
3784         return false;
3785 
3786       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3787         if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3788           return true;
3789       } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3790                    isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3791         if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3792           return true;
3793       }
3794     }
3795 
3796     return false;
3797   }
3798 
3799   bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3800     return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3801   }
3802 
3803 public:
3804   PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3805       : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
3806 
3807   bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
3808   CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const;
3809 
3810   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3811   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3812 
3813   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3814   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3815                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
3816 
3817   // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3818   // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3819   // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3820   // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3821   // entry.  This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3822   // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
3823   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3824     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3825       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3826     for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
3827       // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3828       // One exception:  An aggregate containing a single floating-point
3829       // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
3830       const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
3831       if (T) {
3832         const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3833         if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3834             (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3835             (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
3836           QualType QT(T, 0);
3837           I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
3838           continue;
3839         }
3840       }
3841       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
3842     }
3843   }
3844 
3845   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3846                     QualType Ty) const override;
3847 };
3848 
3849 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3850 
3851 public:
3852   PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3853                                PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3854       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)) {}
3855 
3856   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3857     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3858     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3859   }
3860 
3861   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3862                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3863 };
3864 
3865 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3866 public:
3867   PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3868 
3869   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3870     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3871     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3872   }
3873 
3874   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3875                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3876 };
3877 
3878 }
3879 
3880 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3881 // extended to 64 bits.
3882 bool
3883 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3884   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3885   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3886     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3887 
3888   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3889   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3890     return true;
3891 
3892   // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3893   // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3894   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3895     switch (BT->getKind()) {
3896     case BuiltinType::Int:
3897     case BuiltinType::UInt:
3898       return true;
3899     default:
3900       break;
3901     }
3902 
3903   return false;
3904 }
3905 
3906 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte or
3907 /// higher alignment in the parameter area.  Always returns at least 8.
3908 CharUnits PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const {
3909   // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3910   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3911     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3912 
3913   // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3914   // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3915   if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3916     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
3917       return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
3918 
3919     return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
3920   } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3921     return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16 : 8);
3922   }
3923 
3924   // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3925   // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3926   const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3927   const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3928   if (EltType) {
3929     const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3930     if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
3931          getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3932         (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3933       AlignAsType = EltType;
3934   }
3935 
3936   // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3937   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3938   uint64_t Members = 0;
3939   if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3940       isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3941     AlignAsType = Base;
3942 
3943   // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3944   if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3945     if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
3946       return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
3947 
3948     return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
3949   } else if (AlignAsType) {
3950     return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignAsType->isVectorType() ? 16 : 8);
3951   }
3952 
3953   // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3954   // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3955   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3956     if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
3957       return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
3958     return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
3959   }
3960 
3961   return CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
3962 }
3963 
3964 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3965 /// aggregate.  Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3966 /// to the number of base elements.
3967 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3968                                      uint64_t &Members) const {
3969   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3970     uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3971     if (NElements == 0)
3972       return false;
3973     if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3974       return false;
3975     Members *= NElements;
3976   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3977     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3978     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3979       return false;
3980 
3981     Members = 0;
3982 
3983     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3984     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3985       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3986         // Ignore empty records.
3987         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3988           continue;
3989 
3990         uint64_t FldMembers;
3991         if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3992           return false;
3993 
3994         Members += FldMembers;
3995       }
3996     }
3997 
3998     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3999       // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
4000       QualType FT = FD->getType();
4001       while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
4002              getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
4003         if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
4004           return false;
4005         FT = AT->getElementType();
4006       }
4007       if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
4008         continue;
4009 
4010       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
4011       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4012           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
4013         continue;
4014 
4015       uint64_t FldMembers;
4016       if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
4017         return false;
4018 
4019       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4020                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
4021     }
4022 
4023     if (!Base)
4024       return false;
4025 
4026     // Ensure there is no padding.
4027     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
4028         getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
4029       return false;
4030   } else {
4031     Members = 1;
4032     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4033       Members = 2;
4034       Ty = CT->getElementType();
4035     }
4036 
4037     // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
4038     if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
4039       return false;
4040 
4041     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Types that
4042     // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
4043     // treated as being equivalent here.
4044     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4045     if (!Base)
4046       Base = TyPtr;
4047 
4048     if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
4049         getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
4050       return false;
4051   }
4052   return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
4053 }
4054 
4055 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4056   // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
4057   // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
4058   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4059     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4060         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4061         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4062       return true;
4063   }
4064   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4065     if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
4066       return true;
4067   }
4068   return false;
4069 }
4070 
4071 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
4072     const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
4073   // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
4074   // or two registers depending on their size.
4075   uint32_t NumRegs =
4076       Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
4077 
4078   // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
4079   return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
4080 }
4081 
4082 ABIArgInfo
4083 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4084   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4085 
4086   if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
4087     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4088 
4089   // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
4090   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
4091   if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
4092     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4093     if (Size > 128)
4094       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
4095     else if (Size < 128) {
4096       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4097       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4098     }
4099   }
4100 
4101   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4102     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
4103       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4104 
4105     uint64_t ABIAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty).getQuantity();
4106     uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
4107 
4108     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
4109     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4110     uint64_t Members = 0;
4111     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
4112         isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
4113       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4114       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
4115       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4116     }
4117 
4118     // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
4119     // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
4120     // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
4121     // back-end to store the argument to memory.
4122     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4123     if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
4124       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
4125 
4126       // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
4127       // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
4128       if (Bits <= GPRBits)
4129         CoerceTy =
4130             llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8));
4131       // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
4132       // according to the required alignment in the save area.
4133       else {
4134         uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
4135         uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::alignTo(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
4136         llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
4137         CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
4138       }
4139 
4140       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4141     }
4142 
4143     // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
4144     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
4145                                    /*ByVal=*/true,
4146                                    /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
4147   }
4148 
4149   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
4150           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4151 }
4152 
4153 ABIArgInfo
4154 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4155   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4156     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4157 
4158   if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4159     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4160 
4161   // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
4162   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
4163   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
4164     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4165     if (Size > 128)
4166       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
4167     else if (Size < 128) {
4168       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4169       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4170     }
4171   }
4172 
4173   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4174     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
4175     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4176     uint64_t Members = 0;
4177     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
4178         isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
4179       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4180       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
4181       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4182     }
4183 
4184     // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
4185     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4186     if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
4187       if (Bits == 0)
4188         return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4189 
4190       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
4191       if (Bits > GPRBits) {
4192         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
4193         CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
4194       } else
4195         CoerceTy =
4196             llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8));
4197       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4198     }
4199 
4200     // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
4201     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
4202   }
4203 
4204   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
4205           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4206 }
4207 
4208 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
4209 Address PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4210                                       QualType Ty) const {
4211   auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4212   TypeInfo.second = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);
4213 
4214   CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
4215 
4216   // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
4217   // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
4218   // in separate doublewords.  However, Clang expects us to produce a
4219   // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly.  So generate
4220   // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
4221   // and store them to a temporary structure.
4222   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4223     CharUnits EltSize = TypeInfo.first / 2;
4224     if (EltSize < SlotSize) {
4225       Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, CGF.Int8Ty,
4226                                             SlotSize * 2, SlotSize,
4227                                             SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
4228 
4229       Address RealAddr = Addr;
4230       Address ImagAddr = RealAddr;
4231       if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
4232         RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr,
4233                                                           SlotSize - EltSize);
4234         ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(ImagAddr,
4235                                                       2 * SlotSize - EltSize);
4236       } else {
4237         ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, SlotSize);
4238       }
4239 
4240       llvm::Type *EltTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(CTy->getElementType());
4241       RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RealAddr, EltTy);
4242       ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(ImagAddr, EltTy);
4243       llvm::Value *Real = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, ".vareal");
4244       llvm::Value *Imag = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, ".vaimag");
4245 
4246       Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "vacplx");
4247       CGF.EmitStoreOfComplex({Real, Imag}, CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Temp, Ty),
4248                              /*init*/ true);
4249       return Temp;
4250     }
4251   }
4252 
4253   // Otherwise, just use the general rule.
4254   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
4255                           TypeInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
4256 }
4257 
4258 static bool
4259 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4260                               llvm::Value *Address) {
4261   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
4262   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
4263 
4264   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4265 
4266   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
4267   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
4268   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
4269   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
4270 
4271   // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
4272   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
4273 
4274   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
4275   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
4276 
4277   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
4278   // 64: mq
4279   // 65: lr
4280   // 66: ctr
4281   // 67: ap
4282   // 68-75 cr0-7
4283   // 76: xer
4284   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
4285 
4286   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
4287   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
4288 
4289   // 109: vrsave
4290   // 110: vscr
4291   // 111: spe_acc
4292   // 112: spefscr
4293   // 113: sfp
4294   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
4295 
4296   return false;
4297 }
4298 
4299 bool
4300 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
4301   CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4302   llvm::Value *Address) const {
4303 
4304   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4305 }
4306 
4307 bool
4308 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4309                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
4310 
4311   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4312 }
4313 
4314 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4315 // AArch64 ABI Implementation
4316 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4317 
4318 namespace {
4319 
4320 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4321 public:
4322   enum ABIKind {
4323     AAPCS = 0,
4324     DarwinPCS
4325   };
4326 
4327 private:
4328   ABIKind Kind;
4329 
4330 public:
4331   AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
4332 
4333 private:
4334   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4335   bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
4336 
4337   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4338   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
4339   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4340   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4341                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
4342 
4343   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4344 
4345   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
4346     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4347       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
4348 
4349     for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
4350       it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
4351   }
4352 
4353   Address EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4354                           CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
4355 
4356   Address EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4357                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
4358 
4359   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4360                     QualType Ty) const override {
4361     return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
4362                          : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4363   }
4364 };
4365 
4366 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4367 public:
4368   AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4369       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4370 
4371   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
4372     return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4373   }
4374 
4375   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4376     return 31;
4377   }
4378 
4379   bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
4380 };
4381 }
4382 
4383 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4384   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4385 
4386   // Handle illegal vector types here.
4387   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4388     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4389     // Android promotes <2 x i8> to i16, not i32
4390     if(isAndroid() && (Size <= 16)) {
4391       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext());
4392       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4393     }
4394     if (Size <= 32) {
4395       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4396       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4397     }
4398     if (Size == 64) {
4399       llvm::Type *ResType =
4400           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
4401       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4402     }
4403     if (Size == 128) {
4404       llvm::Type *ResType =
4405           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
4406       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4407     }
4408     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
4409   }
4410 
4411   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4412     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4413     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4414       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4415 
4416     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4417                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4418                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4419   }
4420 
4421   // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
4422   // copy constructor are always indirect.
4423   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4424     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
4425                                      CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4426   }
4427 
4428   // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
4429   // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
4430   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4431     if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
4432       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4433 
4434     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4435   }
4436 
4437   // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
4438   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4439   uint64_t Members = 0;
4440   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
4441     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4442         llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
4443   }
4444 
4445   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4446   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4447   if (Size <= 128) {
4448     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
4449     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
4450 
4451     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4452     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4453     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4454       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4455       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4456     }
4457     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4458   }
4459 
4460   return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
4461 }
4462 
4463 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4464   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4465     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4466 
4467   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4468   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
4469     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
4470 
4471   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4472     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4473     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4474       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4475 
4476     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4477                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4478                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4479   }
4480 
4481   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4482     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4483 
4484   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4485   uint64_t Members = 0;
4486   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
4487     // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4488     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4489 
4490   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4491   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4492   if (Size <= 128) {
4493     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
4494     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
4495 
4496     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4497     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4498     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4499       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4500       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4501     }
4502     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4503   }
4504 
4505   return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
4506 }
4507 
4508 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4509 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4510   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4511     // Check whether VT is legal.
4512     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4513     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4514     // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4515     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4516       return true;
4517     return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4518   }
4519   return false;
4520 }
4521 
4522 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4523   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4524   // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4525   // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4526   // including __fp16.
4527   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4528     if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4529       return true;
4530   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4531     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4532     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4533       return true;
4534   }
4535   return false;
4536 }
4537 
4538 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4539                                                        uint64_t Members) const {
4540   return Members <= 4;
4541 }
4542 
4543 Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr,
4544                                             QualType Ty,
4545                                             CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4546   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
4547   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4548 
4549   llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4550   if (IsIndirect)
4551     BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4552   else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4553     BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4554 
4555   unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4556   if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4557     BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4558     NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4559   }
4560   bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4561 
4562   // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4563   // Standard, section B.4:
4564   //
4565   // struct {
4566   //   void *__stack;
4567   //   void *__gr_top;
4568   //   void *__vr_top;
4569   //   int __gr_offs;
4570   //   int __vr_offs;
4571   // };
4572 
4573   llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4574   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4575   llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4576   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4577 
4578   auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4579   CharUnits TyAlign = TyInfo.second;
4580 
4581   Address reg_offs_p = Address::invalid();
4582   llvm::Value *reg_offs = nullptr;
4583   int reg_top_index;
4584   CharUnits reg_top_offset;
4585   int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : TyInfo.first.getQuantity();
4586   if (!IsFPR) {
4587     // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
4588     reg_offs_p =
4589         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
4590                                     "gr_offs_p");
4591     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4592     reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
4593     reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
4594     RegSize = llvm::alignTo(RegSize, 8);
4595   } else {
4596     // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
4597     reg_offs_p =
4598         CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(28),
4599                                     "vr_offs_p");
4600     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4601     reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
4602     reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
4603     RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
4604   }
4605 
4606   //=======================================
4607   // Find out where argument was passed
4608   //=======================================
4609 
4610   // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4611   // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4612   // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4613   // whatever they get).
4614   llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
4615   UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4616       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4617 
4618   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4619 
4620   // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
4621   // question is whether this particular type is too big.
4622   CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4623 
4624   // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4625   // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4626   // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
4627   if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4628     int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
4629 
4630     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4631         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4632         "align_regoffs");
4633     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4634         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4635         "aligned_regoffs");
4636   }
4637 
4638   // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
4639   // The fact that this is done unconditionally reflects the fact that
4640   // allocating an argument to the stack also uses up all the remaining
4641   // registers of the appropriate kind.
4642   llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
4643   NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4644       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4645   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4646 
4647   // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4648   // registers or not.
4649   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
4650   InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4651       NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4652 
4653   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4654 
4655   //=======================================
4656   // Argument was in registers
4657   //=======================================
4658 
4659   // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4660   // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4661   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4662 
4663   llvm::Value *reg_top = nullptr;
4664   Address reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4665                                                   reg_top_offset, "reg_top_p");
4666   reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4667   Address BaseAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(reg_top, reg_offs),
4668                    CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsFPR ? 16 : 8));
4669   Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
4670   llvm::Type *MemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
4671 
4672   if (IsIndirect) {
4673     // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4674     // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4675     MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4676   }
4677 
4678   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4679   uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4680   bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
4681   if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
4682     // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4683     // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4684     // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4685     // contiguously.
4686     assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4687     auto BaseTyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(QualType(Base, 0));
4688     llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4689     llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
4690     Address Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy,
4691                                        std::max(TyAlign, BaseTyInfo.second));
4692 
4693     // On big-endian platforms, the value will be right-aligned in its slot.
4694     int Offset = 0;
4695     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4696         BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity() < 16)
4697       Offset = 16 - BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity();
4698 
4699     for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4700       CharUnits BaseOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16 * i + Offset);
4701       Address LoadAddr =
4702         CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4703       LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LoadAddr, BaseTy);
4704 
4705       Address StoreAddr =
4706         CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Tmp, i, BaseTyInfo.first);
4707 
4708       llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4709       CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4710     }
4711 
4712     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4713   } else {
4714     // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory.
4715 
4716     // It might be right-aligned in its slot.
4717     CharUnits SlotSize = BaseAddr.getAlignment();
4718     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !IsIndirect &&
4719         (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
4720         TyInfo.first < SlotSize) {
4721       CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4722       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, Offset);
4723     }
4724 
4725     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4726   }
4727 
4728   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4729 
4730   //=======================================
4731   // Argument was on the stack
4732   //=======================================
4733   CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4734 
4735   Address stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0,
4736                                                 CharUnits::Zero(), "stack_p");
4737   llvm::Value *OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4738 
4739   // Again, stack arguments may need realignment. In this case both integer and
4740   // floating-point ones might be affected.
4741   if (!IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4742     int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
4743 
4744     OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4745 
4746     OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4747         OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4748         "align_stack");
4749     OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4750         OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4751         "align_stack");
4752 
4753     OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4754   }
4755   Address OnStackAddr(OnStackPtr,
4756                       std::max(CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), TyAlign));
4757 
4758   // All stack slots are multiples of 8 bytes.
4759   CharUnits StackSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
4760   CharUnits StackSize;
4761   if (IsIndirect)
4762     StackSize = StackSlotSize;
4763   else
4764     StackSize = TyInfo.first.alignTo(StackSlotSize);
4765 
4766   llvm::Value *StackSizeC = CGF.Builder.getSize(StackSize);
4767   llvm::Value *NewStack =
4768       CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(OnStackPtr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4769 
4770   // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4771   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4772 
4773   if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4774       TyInfo.first < StackSlotSize) {
4775     CharUnits Offset = StackSlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4776     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OnStackAddr, Offset);
4777   }
4778 
4779   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4780 
4781   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4782 
4783   //=======================================
4784   // Tidy up
4785   //=======================================
4786   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4787 
4788   Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
4789                                  OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock, "vaargs.addr");
4790 
4791   if (IsIndirect)
4792     return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"),
4793                    TyInfo.second);
4794 
4795   return ResAddr;
4796 }
4797 
4798 Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4799                                         CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4800   // The backend's lowering doesn't support va_arg for aggregates or
4801   // illegal vector types.  Lower VAArg here for these cases and use
4802   // the LLVM va_arg instruction for everything else.
4803   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
4804     return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4805 
4806   CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
4807 
4808   // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4809   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4810     Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
4811     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4812     return Addr;
4813   }
4814 
4815   // The size of the actual thing passed, which might end up just
4816   // being a pointer for indirect types.
4817   auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4818 
4819   // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous
4820   // aggregates should be passed indirectly.
4821   bool IsIndirect = false;
4822   if (TyInfo.first.getQuantity() > 16) {
4823     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4824     uint64_t Members = 0;
4825     IsIndirect = !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
4826   }
4827 
4828   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect,
4829                           TyInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
4830 }
4831 
4832 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4833 // ARM ABI Implementation
4834 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4835 
4836 namespace {
4837 
4838 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4839 public:
4840   enum ABIKind {
4841     APCS = 0,
4842     AAPCS = 1,
4843     AAPCS_VFP = 2,
4844     AAPCS16_VFP = 3,
4845   };
4846 
4847 private:
4848   ABIKind Kind;
4849 
4850 public:
4851   ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
4852     setCCs();
4853   }
4854 
4855   bool isEABI() const {
4856     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4857     case llvm::Triple::Android:
4858     case llvm::Triple::EABI:
4859     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4860     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
4861     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4862       return true;
4863     default:
4864       return false;
4865     }
4866   }
4867 
4868   bool isEABIHF() const {
4869     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4870     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4871     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4872       return true;
4873     default:
4874       return false;
4875     }
4876   }
4877 
4878   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4879 
4880 private:
4881   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4882   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4883   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4884 
4885   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4886   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4887                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
4888 
4889   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4890 
4891   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4892                     QualType Ty) const override;
4893 
4894   llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4895   llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4896   void setCCs();
4897 };
4898 
4899 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4900 public:
4901   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4902     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
4903 
4904   const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4905     return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4906   }
4907 
4908   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4909     return 13;
4910   }
4911 
4912   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
4913     return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4914   }
4915 
4916   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4917                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
4918     llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
4919 
4920     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
4921     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
4922     return false;
4923   }
4924 
4925   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
4926     if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4927     return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4928   }
4929 
4930   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4931                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
4932     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
4933     if (!FD)
4934       return;
4935 
4936     const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4937     if (!Attr)
4938       return;
4939 
4940     const char *Kind;
4941     switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4942     case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4943     case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ:     Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4944     case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ:     Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4945     case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI:     Kind = "SWI"; break;
4946     case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT:   Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4947     case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF:   Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4948     }
4949 
4950     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4951 
4952     Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4953 
4954     ARMABIInfo::ABIKind ABI = cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind();
4955     if (ABI == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4956       return;
4957 
4958     // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4959     // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4960     // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4961     llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4962     B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4963     Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4964                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4965                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4966                                               B));
4967   }
4968 };
4969 
4970 class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4971 public:
4972   WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4973       : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4974 
4975   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4976                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4977 };
4978 
4979 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
4980     const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4981   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
4982   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4983 }
4984 }
4985 
4986 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4987   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4988     FI.getReturnInfo() =
4989         classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4990 
4991   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4992     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
4993 
4994   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4995   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4996     return;
4997 
4998   llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4999   if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5000     FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
5001 }
5002 
5003 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
5004 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
5005   // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
5006   if (isEABIHF() || getTarget().getTriple().isWatchABI())
5007     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
5008   else if (isEABI())
5009     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
5010   else
5011     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
5012 }
5013 
5014 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
5015 /// as the C calling convention.
5016 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
5017   switch (getABIKind()) {
5018   case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
5019   case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
5020   case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
5021   case AAPCS16_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
5022   }
5023   llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
5024 }
5025 
5026 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
5027   assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
5028 
5029   // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
5030   // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
5031   llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
5032   if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
5033     RuntimeCC = abiCC;
5034 
5035   // AAPCS apparently requires runtime support functions to be soft-float, but
5036   // that's almost certainly for historic reasons (Thumb1 not supporting VFP
5037   // most likely). It's more convenient for AAPCS16_VFP to be hard-float.
5038   switch (getABIKind()) {
5039   case APCS:
5040   case AAPCS16_VFP:
5041     if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
5042       BuiltinCC = abiCC;
5043     break;
5044   case AAPCS:
5045   case AAPCS_VFP:
5046     BuiltinCC = llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
5047     break;
5048   }
5049 }
5050 
5051 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
5052                                             bool isVariadic) const {
5053   // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
5054   //   A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
5055   //   half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
5056   //   A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
5057   //   with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
5058   //   64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
5059   //   to four Elements.
5060   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
5061 
5062   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5063 
5064   // Handle illegal vector types here.
5065   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
5066     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5067     if (Size <= 32) {
5068       llvm::Type *ResType =
5069           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5070       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5071     }
5072     if (Size == 64) {
5073       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
5074           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
5075       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5076     }
5077     if (Size == 128) {
5078       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
5079           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
5080       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5081     }
5082     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
5083   }
5084 
5085   // __fp16 gets passed as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 bits
5086   // unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
5087   // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
5088   if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5089     llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
5090       llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
5091       llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5092     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5093   }
5094 
5095   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5096     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5097     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
5098       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5099     }
5100 
5101     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
5102                                           : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5103   }
5104 
5105   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
5106     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5107   }
5108 
5109   // Ignore empty records.
5110   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5111     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5112 
5113   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
5114     // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
5115     // into VFP registers.
5116     const Type *Base = nullptr;
5117     uint64_t Members = 0;
5118     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
5119       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
5120       // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
5121       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
5122     }
5123   } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
5124     // WatchOS does have homogeneous aggregates. Note that we intentionally use
5125     // this convention even for a variadic function: the backend will use GPRs
5126     // if needed.
5127     const Type *Base = nullptr;
5128     uint64_t Members = 0;
5129     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
5130       assert(Base && Members <= 4 && "unexpected homogeneous aggregate");
5131       llvm::Type *Ty =
5132         llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members);
5133       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Ty, 0, nullptr, false);
5134     }
5135   }
5136 
5137   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
5138       getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)) {
5139     // WatchOS is adopting the 64-bit AAPCS rule on composite types: if they're
5140     // bigger than 128-bits, they get placed in space allocated by the caller,
5141     // and a pointer is passed.
5142     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(
5143         CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8), false);
5144   }
5145 
5146   // Support byval for ARM.
5147   // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
5148   // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
5149   // than ABI alignment.
5150   uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
5151   uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5152   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5153        getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
5154     ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
5155 
5156   if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
5157     assert(getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && "unexpected byval");
5158     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
5159                                    /*ByVal=*/true,
5160                                    /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
5161   }
5162 
5163   // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
5164   llvm::Type* ElemTy;
5165   unsigned SizeRegs;
5166   // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
5167   // we can.
5168   if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
5169     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5170     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
5171   } else {
5172     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
5173     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
5174   }
5175 
5176   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
5177 }
5178 
5179 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
5180                               llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
5181   // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
5182   // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
5183   // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
5184 
5185   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
5186 
5187   // Check that the type fits in a word.
5188   if (Size > 32)
5189     return false;
5190 
5191   // FIXME: Handle vector types!
5192   if (Ty->isVectorType())
5193     return false;
5194 
5195   // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
5196   if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
5197     return false;
5198 
5199   // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
5200   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
5201     return true;
5202 
5203   // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
5204   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
5205     return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
5206 
5207   // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
5208   // above, but they are not.
5209 
5210   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
5211   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5212   if (!RT) return false;
5213 
5214   // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
5215   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5216   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5217     return false;
5218 
5219   // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
5220   // like".
5221   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5222 
5223   bool HadField = false;
5224   unsigned idx = 0;
5225   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5226        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
5227     const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
5228 
5229     // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
5230     // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
5231     //   struct { int : 0; int x }
5232     // is non-integer like according to gcc.
5233     if (FD->isBitField()) {
5234       if (!RD->isUnion())
5235         HadField = true;
5236 
5237       if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5238         return false;
5239 
5240       continue;
5241     }
5242 
5243     // Check if this field is at offset 0.
5244     if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
5245       return false;
5246 
5247     if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5248       return false;
5249 
5250     // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
5251     // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
5252     // empty structure.
5253     if (!RD->isUnion()) {
5254       if (HadField)
5255         return false;
5256 
5257       HadField = true;
5258     }
5259   }
5260 
5261   return true;
5262 }
5263 
5264 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
5265                                           bool isVariadic) const {
5266   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP =
5267       (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP || getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) && !isVariadic;
5268 
5269   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5270     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5271 
5272   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5273   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
5274     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
5275   }
5276 
5277   // __fp16 gets returned as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16
5278   // bits unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
5279   // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
5280   if (RetTy->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5281     llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
5282       llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
5283       llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5284     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5285   }
5286 
5287   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5288     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5289     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5290       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5291 
5292     return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
5293                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5294   }
5295 
5296   // Are we following APCS?
5297   if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
5298     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
5299       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5300 
5301     // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
5302     //
5303     // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
5304     // correctly.
5305     if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5306       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
5307           getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
5308 
5309     // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
5310     if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
5311       // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5312       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5313       if (Size <= 8)
5314         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5315       if (Size <= 16)
5316         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5317       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5318     }
5319 
5320     // Otherwise return in memory.
5321     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
5322   }
5323 
5324   // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
5325 
5326   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5327     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5328 
5329   // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
5330   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
5331     const Type *Base = nullptr;
5332     uint64_t Members = 0;
5333     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
5334       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
5335       // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
5336       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
5337     }
5338   }
5339 
5340   // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5341   // are returned indirectly.
5342   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5343   if (Size <= 32) {
5344     if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
5345       // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
5346       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5347 
5348     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5349     if (Size <= 8)
5350       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5351     if (Size <= 16)
5352       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5353     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5354   } else if (Size <= 128 && getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) {
5355     llvm::Type *Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5356     llvm::Type *CoerceTy =
5357         llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, llvm::alignTo(Size, 32) / 32);
5358     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
5359   }
5360 
5361   return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
5362 }
5363 
5364 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
5365 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
5366   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType> ()) {
5367     if (isAndroid()) {
5368       // Android shipped using Clang 3.1, which supported a slightly different
5369       // vector ABI. The primary differences were that 3-element vector types
5370       // were legal, and so were sub 32-bit vectors (i.e. <2 x i8>). This path
5371       // accepts that legacy behavior for Android only.
5372       // Check whether VT is legal.
5373       unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
5374       // NumElements should be power of 2 or equal to 3.
5375       if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements) && NumElements != 3)
5376         return true;
5377     } else {
5378       // Check whether VT is legal.
5379       unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
5380       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5381       // NumElements should be power of 2.
5382       if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements))
5383         return true;
5384       // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
5385       return Size <= 32;
5386     }
5387   }
5388   return false;
5389 }
5390 
5391 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
5392   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
5393   // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
5394   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
5395     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
5396         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
5397         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
5398       return true;
5399   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5400     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5401     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
5402       return true;
5403   }
5404   return false;
5405 }
5406 
5407 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
5408                                                    uint64_t Members) const {
5409   return Members <= 4;
5410 }
5411 
5412 Address ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5413                               QualType Ty) const {
5414   CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
5415 
5416   // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
5417   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
5418     Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
5419     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5420     return Addr;
5421   }
5422 
5423   auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
5424   CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second;
5425 
5426   // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5427   bool IsIndirect = false;
5428   const Type *Base = nullptr;
5429   uint64_t Members = 0;
5430   if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
5431     IsIndirect = true;
5432 
5433   // ARMv7k passes structs bigger than 16 bytes indirectly, in space
5434   // allocated by the caller.
5435   } else if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) &&
5436              getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
5437              !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
5438     IsIndirect = true;
5439 
5440   // Otherwise, bound the type's ABI alignment.
5441   // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
5442   // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
5443   // Our callers should be prepared to handle an under-aligned address.
5444   } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5445              getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) {
5446     TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
5447     TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
5448   } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
5449     // ARMv7k allows type alignment up to 16 bytes.
5450     TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
5451     TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
5452   } else {
5453     TyAlignForABI = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
5454   }
5455   TyInfo.second = TyAlignForABI;
5456 
5457   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TyInfo,
5458                           SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
5459 }
5460 
5461 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5462 // NVPTX ABI Implementation
5463 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5464 
5465 namespace {
5466 
5467 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5468 public:
5469   NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5470 
5471   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5472   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5473 
5474   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5475   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5476                     QualType Ty) const override;
5477 };
5478 
5479 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5480 public:
5481   NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5482     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5483 
5484   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5485                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5486 private:
5487   // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5488   // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5489   static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
5490 };
5491 
5492 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5493   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5494     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5495 
5496   // note: this is different from default ABI
5497   if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5498     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5499 
5500   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5501   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5502     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5503 
5504   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5505           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5506 }
5507 
5508 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5509   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5510   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5511     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5512 
5513   // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5514   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5515     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true);
5516 
5517   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5518           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5519 }
5520 
5521 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5522   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5523     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5524   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5525     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5526 
5527   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5528   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5529     return;
5530 
5531   FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5532 }
5533 
5534 Address NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5535                                 QualType Ty) const {
5536   llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
5537 }
5538 
5539 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5540 setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5541                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
5542   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
5543   if (!FD) return;
5544 
5545   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5546 
5547   // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
5548   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5549     // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
5550     // By default, all functions are device functions
5551     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5552       // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
5553       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5554       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5555       // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5556       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5557     }
5558   }
5559 
5560   // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
5561   if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5562     // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry.  Since
5563     // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5564     // need to set the noinline attribute.
5565     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5566       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5567       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5568     }
5569     if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5570       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5571       llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5572       MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5573       if (MaxThreads > 0)
5574         addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5575 
5576       // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5577       // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5578       // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5579       if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5580         llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5581         MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5582         if (MinBlocks > 0)
5583           // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5584           addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
5585       }
5586     }
5587   }
5588 }
5589 
5590 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5591                                              int Operand) {
5592   llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5593   llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5594 
5595   // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5596   llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5597 
5598   llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5599       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5600       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5601           llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
5602   // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5603   MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5604 }
5605 }
5606 
5607 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5608 // SystemZ ABI Implementation
5609 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5610 
5611 namespace {
5612 
5613 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5614   bool HasVector;
5615 
5616 public:
5617   SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5618     : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
5619 
5620   bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5621   bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5622   bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5623   bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5624   QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
5625 
5626   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5627   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5628 
5629   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
5630     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5631       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5632     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5633       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5634   }
5635 
5636   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5637                     QualType Ty) const override;
5638 };
5639 
5640 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5641 public:
5642   SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5643     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
5644 };
5645 
5646 }
5647 
5648 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5649   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5650   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5651     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5652 
5653   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5654   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5655     return true;
5656 
5657   // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5658   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5659     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5660     case BuiltinType::Int:
5661     case BuiltinType::UInt:
5662       return true;
5663     default:
5664       return false;
5665     }
5666   return false;
5667 }
5668 
5669 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5670   return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5671           Ty->isVectorType() ||
5672           isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
5673 }
5674 
5675 bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5676   return (HasVector &&
5677           Ty->isVectorType() &&
5678           getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5679 }
5680 
5681 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5682   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5683     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5684     case BuiltinType::Float:
5685     case BuiltinType::Double:
5686       return true;
5687     default:
5688       return false;
5689     }
5690 
5691   return false;
5692 }
5693 
5694 QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
5695   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5696     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5697     QualType Found;
5698 
5699     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5700     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
5701       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5702         QualType Base = I.getType();
5703 
5704         // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5705         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5706           continue;
5707 
5708         if (!Found.isNull())
5709           return Ty;
5710         Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
5711       }
5712 
5713     // Check the fields.
5714     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
5715       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
5716       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5717       // do count.  So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5718       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5719           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5720         continue;
5721 
5722       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5723       // Nested structures still do though.
5724       if (!Found.isNull())
5725         return Ty;
5726       Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
5727     }
5728 
5729     // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5730     // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5731     if (!Found.isNull())
5732       return Found;
5733   }
5734 
5735   return Ty;
5736 }
5737 
5738 Address SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5739                                   QualType Ty) const {
5740   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5741   // struct {
5742   //   i64 __gpr;
5743   //   i64 __fpr;
5744   //   i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5745   //   i8 *__reg_save_area;
5746   // };
5747 
5748   // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5749   // in either GPRs or FPRs.  Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5750   // always passed on the stack.
5751   Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5752   auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
5753   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
5754   llvm::Type *DirectTy = ArgTy;
5755   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5756   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5757   bool InFPRs = false;
5758   bool IsVector = false;
5759   CharUnits UnpaddedSize;
5760   CharUnits DirectAlign;
5761   if (IsIndirect) {
5762     DirectTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DirectTy);
5763     UnpaddedSize = DirectAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
5764   } else {
5765     if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5766       ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5767     InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
5768     IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
5769     UnpaddedSize = TyInfo.first;
5770     DirectAlign = TyInfo.second;
5771   }
5772   CharUnits PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
5773   if (IsVector && UnpaddedSize > PaddedSize)
5774     PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
5775   assert((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5776 
5777   CharUnits Padding = (PaddedSize - UnpaddedSize);
5778 
5779   llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
5780   llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV =
5781     llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize.getQuantity());
5782 
5783   if (IsVector) {
5784     // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5785     // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5786     // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
5787     Address OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5788       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16),
5789                                   "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5790     Address OverflowArgArea =
5791       Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5792               TyInfo.second);
5793     Address MemAddr =
5794       CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArgArea, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
5795 
5796     // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5797     llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5798       CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5799                             "overflow_arg_area");
5800     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5801 
5802     return MemAddr;
5803   }
5804 
5805   assert(PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8);
5806 
5807   unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex;
5808   CharUnits RegPadding;
5809   if (InFPRs) {
5810     MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5811     RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5812     RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5813     RegPadding = CharUnits(); // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5814   } else {
5815     MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5816     RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5817     RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5818     RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5819   }
5820 
5821   Address RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5822       VAListAddr, RegCountField, RegCountField * CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
5823       "reg_count_ptr");
5824   llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5825   llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5826   llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
5827                                                  "fits_in_regs");
5828 
5829   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5830   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5831   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5832   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5833 
5834   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5835   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5836 
5837   // Work out the address of an argument register.
5838   llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5839     CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5840   llvm::Value *RegBase =
5841     llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize.getQuantity()
5842                                       + RegPadding.getQuantity());
5843   llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5844     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5845   Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
5846       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
5847                                   "reg_save_area_ptr");
5848   llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5849     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5850   Address RawRegAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset,
5851                                            "raw_reg_addr"),
5852                      PaddedSize);
5853   Address RegAddr =
5854     CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawRegAddr, DirectTy, "reg_addr");
5855 
5856   // Update the register count
5857   llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5858   llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5859     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5860   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5861   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5862 
5863   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5864   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5865 
5866   // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5867   Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5868       VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5869   Address OverflowArgArea =
5870     Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5871             PaddedSize);
5872   Address RawMemAddr =
5873     CGF.Builder.CreateConstByteGEP(OverflowArgArea, Padding, "raw_mem_addr");
5874   Address MemAddr =
5875     CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawMemAddr, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
5876 
5877   // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5878   llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5879     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5880                           "overflow_arg_area");
5881   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5882   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5883 
5884   // Return the appropriate result.
5885   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5886   Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
5887                                  MemAddr, InMemBlock, "va_arg.addr");
5888 
5889   if (IsIndirect)
5890     ResAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"),
5891                       TyInfo.second);
5892 
5893   return ResAddr;
5894 }
5895 
5896 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5897   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5898     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5899   if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5900     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5901   if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5902     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
5903   return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5904           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5905 }
5906 
5907 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5908   // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
5909   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5910     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5911 
5912   // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5913   if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5914     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5915 
5916   // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types.  Note that
5917   // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5918   // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
5919   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5920   QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5921   if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5922       getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5923     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5924 
5925   // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5926   if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
5927     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
5928 
5929   // Handle small structures.
5930   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5931     // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5932     // fail the size test above.
5933     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5934     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5935       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
5936 
5937     // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5938     llvm::Type *PassTy;
5939     if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
5940       assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5941       if (Size == 32)
5942         PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5943       else
5944         PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5945     } else
5946       PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5947     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5948   }
5949 
5950   // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5951   if (isCompoundType(Ty))
5952     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
5953 
5954   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
5955 }
5956 
5957 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5958 // MSP430 ABI Implementation
5959 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5960 
5961 namespace {
5962 
5963 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5964 public:
5965   MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5966     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5967   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5968                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5969 };
5970 
5971 }
5972 
5973 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5974                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5975                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5976   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5977     if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5978       // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5979       llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5980 
5981       // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5982       F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5983 
5984       // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
5985       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5986 
5987       // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
5988       unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
5989       llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5990                                 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
5991     }
5992   }
5993 }
5994 
5995 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5996 // MIPS ABI Implementation.  This works for both little-endian and
5997 // big-endian variants.
5998 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5999 
6000 namespace {
6001 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6002   bool IsO32;
6003   unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
6004   void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
6005                        SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
6006   llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
6007   llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
6008   llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
6009 public:
6010   MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
6011     ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
6012     StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
6013 
6014   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6015   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
6016   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6017   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6018                     QualType Ty) const override;
6019   bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override;
6020 };
6021 
6022 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6023   unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
6024 public:
6025   MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
6026     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
6027       SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
6028 
6029   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
6030     return 29;
6031   }
6032 
6033   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6034                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
6035     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
6036     if (!FD) return;
6037     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6038     if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
6039       Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
6040     }
6041     else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
6042       Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
6043     }
6044 
6045     const MipsInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<MipsInterruptAttr>();
6046     if (!Attr)
6047       return;
6048 
6049     const char *Kind;
6050     switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
6051     case MipsInterruptAttr::eic:     Kind = "eic"; break;
6052     case MipsInterruptAttr::sw0:     Kind = "sw0"; break;
6053     case MipsInterruptAttr::sw1:     Kind = "sw1"; break;
6054     case MipsInterruptAttr::hw0:     Kind = "hw0"; break;
6055     case MipsInterruptAttr::hw1:     Kind = "hw1"; break;
6056     case MipsInterruptAttr::hw2:     Kind = "hw2"; break;
6057     case MipsInterruptAttr::hw3:     Kind = "hw3"; break;
6058     case MipsInterruptAttr::hw4:     Kind = "hw4"; break;
6059     case MipsInterruptAttr::hw5:     Kind = "hw5"; break;
6060     }
6061 
6062     Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
6063 
6064   }
6065 
6066   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6067                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
6068 
6069   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
6070     return SizeOfUnwindException;
6071   }
6072 };
6073 }
6074 
6075 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
6076     uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
6077   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
6078     llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
6079 
6080   // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
6081   for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
6082     ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
6083 
6084   // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
6085   unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
6086 
6087   if (R)
6088     ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
6089 }
6090 
6091 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
6092 // a register.
6093 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
6094   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
6095 
6096   if (IsO32) {
6097     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
6098     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
6099   }
6100 
6101   if (Ty->isComplexType())
6102     return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6103 
6104   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
6105 
6106   // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
6107   if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6108     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
6109     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
6110   }
6111 
6112   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
6113   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
6114   assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
6115 
6116   uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
6117   unsigned idx = 0;
6118   llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
6119 
6120   // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
6121   // double fields.
6122   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
6123        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
6124     const QualType Ty = i->getType();
6125     const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6126 
6127     if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
6128       continue;
6129 
6130     uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
6131     if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
6132       continue;
6133 
6134     // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
6135     for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
6136       ArgList.push_back(I64);
6137 
6138     // Add double type.
6139     ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
6140     LastOffset = Offset + 64;
6141   }
6142 
6143   CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
6144   ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
6145 
6146   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
6147 }
6148 
6149 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
6150                                         uint64_t Offset) const {
6151   if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
6152     return nullptr;
6153 
6154   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
6155 }
6156 
6157 ABIArgInfo
6158 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
6159   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
6160 
6161   uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
6162   uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6163   uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
6164 
6165   Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
6166                    (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
6167   unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::alignTo(Offset, Align);
6168   Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::alignTo(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
6169 
6170   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
6171     // Ignore empty aggregates.
6172     if (TySize == 0)
6173       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6174 
6175     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
6176       Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
6177       return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6178     }
6179 
6180     // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
6181     // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
6182     // aggregate is unaligned.
6183     ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
6184         ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
6185                               getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
6186     ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
6187     return ArgInfo;
6188   }
6189 
6190   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6191   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6192     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6193 
6194   // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
6195   if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
6196     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6197 
6198   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
6199       nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
6200 }
6201 
6202 llvm::Type*
6203 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
6204   const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
6205   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
6206 
6207   if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6208     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
6209     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
6210     unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
6211 
6212     // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
6213     // following conditions are met:
6214     // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
6215     // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
6216     //    point types.
6217     // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
6218     //
6219     // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
6220     //
6221     if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
6222       RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
6223       for (; b != e; ++b) {
6224         const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6225 
6226         if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
6227           break;
6228 
6229         RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
6230       }
6231 
6232       if (b == e)
6233         return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
6234                                      RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
6235 
6236       RTList.clear();
6237     }
6238   }
6239 
6240   CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
6241   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
6242 }
6243 
6244 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6245   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6246 
6247   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6248     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6249 
6250   // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
6251   // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
6252   if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
6253     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6254 
6255   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
6256     if (Size <= 128) {
6257       if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
6258         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6259 
6260       // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
6261       // aggregates in registers.
6262       if (!IsO32 ||
6263           (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
6264         ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
6265             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
6266         ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
6267         return ArgInfo;
6268       }
6269     }
6270 
6271     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
6272   }
6273 
6274   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6275   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6276     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6277 
6278   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6279           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6280 }
6281 
6282 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6283   ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
6284   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6285     RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
6286 
6287   // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
6288   uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
6289 
6290   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6291     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
6292 }
6293 
6294 Address MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6295                                QualType OrigTy) const {
6296   QualType Ty = OrigTy;
6297 
6298   // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
6299   // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
6300   unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
6301   unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
6302   bool DidPromote = false;
6303   if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
6304           getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
6305       (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
6306     DidPromote = true;
6307     Ty = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
6308                                             Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
6309   }
6310 
6311   auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
6312 
6313   // The alignment of things in the argument area is never larger than
6314   // StackAlignInBytes.
6315   TyInfo.second =
6316     std::min(TyInfo.second, CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlignInBytes));
6317 
6318   // MinABIStackAlignInBytes is the size of argument slots on the stack.
6319   CharUnits ArgSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
6320 
6321   Address Addr = emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6322                           TyInfo, ArgSlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
6323 
6324 
6325   // If there was a promotion, "unpromote" into a temporary.
6326   // TODO: can we just use a pointer into a subset of the original slot?
6327   if (DidPromote) {
6328     Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(OrigTy, "vaarg.promotion-temp");
6329     llvm::Value *Promoted = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr);
6330 
6331     // Truncate down to the right width.
6332     llvm::Type *IntTy = (OrigTy->isIntegerType() ? Temp.getElementType()
6333                                                  : CGF.IntPtrTy);
6334     llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(Promoted, IntTy);
6335     if (OrigTy->isPointerType())
6336       V = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(V, Temp.getElementType());
6337 
6338     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, Temp);
6339     Addr = Temp;
6340   }
6341 
6342   return Addr;
6343 }
6344 
6345 bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
6346   int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6347 
6348   // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
6349   if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
6350     return true;
6351 
6352   return false;
6353 }
6354 
6355 bool
6356 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6357                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
6358   // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
6359   // as canonical as it gets.
6360 
6361   // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes.  Double-precision FP registers
6362   // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
6363   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
6364 
6365   // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
6366   // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
6367   // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
6368   // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
6369   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
6370 
6371   // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
6372   // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
6373 
6374   // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
6375   // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
6376   // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
6377   // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
6378   // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
6379   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
6380   return false;
6381 }
6382 
6383 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6384 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
6385 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
6386 // handling.
6387 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6388 
6389 namespace {
6390 
6391 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
6392 public:
6393   TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6394     : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
6395 
6396   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6397                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6398 };
6399 
6400 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
6401     const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6402   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
6403   if (!FD) return;
6404 
6405   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6406 
6407   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6408     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6409       // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
6410       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
6411       const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
6412       if (Attr) {
6413         // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
6414         llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
6415         llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
6416             M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
6417                 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
6418 
6419         SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
6420         Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
6421 
6422         Operands.push_back(
6423             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6424                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
6425         Operands.push_back(
6426             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6427                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
6428         Operands.push_back(
6429             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6430                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
6431 
6432         // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
6433         // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
6434         // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
6435         Operands.push_back(
6436             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
6437         OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
6438       }
6439     }
6440   }
6441 }
6442 
6443 }
6444 
6445 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6446 // Hexagon ABI Implementation
6447 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6448 
6449 namespace {
6450 
6451 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6452 
6453 
6454 public:
6455   HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6456 
6457 private:
6458 
6459   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6460   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6461 
6462   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6463 
6464   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6465                     QualType Ty) const override;
6466 };
6467 
6468 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6469 public:
6470   HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6471     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6472 
6473   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6474     return 29;
6475   }
6476 };
6477 
6478 }
6479 
6480 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6481   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6482     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
6483   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6484     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
6485 }
6486 
6487 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6488   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6489     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6490     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6491       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6492 
6493     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6494             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6495   }
6496 
6497   // Ignore empty records.
6498   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6499     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6500 
6501   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6502     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6503 
6504   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6505   if (Size > 64)
6506     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);
6507     // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6508   else if (Size > 32)
6509       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6510   else if (Size > 16)
6511       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6512   else if (Size > 8)
6513       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6514   else
6515       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6516 }
6517 
6518 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6519   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6520     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6521 
6522   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6523   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6524     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
6525 
6526   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6527     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6528     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6529       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6530 
6531     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6532             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6533   }
6534 
6535   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6536     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6537 
6538   // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6539   // are returned indirectly.
6540   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6541   if (Size <= 64) {
6542     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6543     if (Size <= 8)
6544       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6545     if (Size <= 16)
6546       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6547     if (Size <= 32)
6548       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6549     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6550   }
6551 
6552   return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/true);
6553 }
6554 
6555 Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6556                                   QualType Ty) const {
6557   // FIXME: Someone needs to audit that this handle alignment correctly.
6558   return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6559                           getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
6560                           CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
6561                           /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
6562 }
6563 
6564 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6565 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6566 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6567 
6568 namespace {
6569 
6570 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6571 public:
6572   AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6573     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6574   void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6575                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6576 };
6577 
6578 }
6579 
6580 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
6581   const Decl *D,
6582   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6583   CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6584   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
6585   if (!FD)
6586     return;
6587 
6588   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6589     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6590     uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6591     if (NumVGPR != 0)
6592       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6593   }
6594 
6595   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6596     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6597     unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6598     if (NumSGPR != 0)
6599       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6600   }
6601 }
6602 
6603 
6604 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6605 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6606 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6607 //
6608 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6609 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6610 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6611 //
6612 // One case requires special care:
6613 //
6614 //   struct mixed {
6615 //     int i;
6616 //     float f;
6617 //   };
6618 //
6619 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6620 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6621 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6622 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6623 //
6624 //   declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6625 //
6626 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6627 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6628 // bytes.
6629 //
6630 namespace {
6631 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6632 public:
6633   SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6634 
6635 private:
6636   ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
6637   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6638   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6639                     QualType Ty) const override;
6640 
6641   // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6642   // serves two purposes:
6643   //
6644   // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6645   //    in registers.
6646   // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6647   //    code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6648   //
6649   // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6650   // aligned 32-bit floats.
6651   //
6652   struct CoerceBuilder {
6653     llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6654     const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6655     SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6656     uint64_t Size;
6657     bool InReg;
6658 
6659     CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6660       : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6661 
6662     // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6663     void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6664       assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6665       if (ToSize == Size)
6666         return;
6667 
6668       // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6669       uint64_t Aligned = llvm::alignTo(Size, 64);
6670       if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6671         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6672         Size = Aligned;
6673       }
6674 
6675       // Add whole 64-bit words.
6676       while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6677         Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6678         Size += 64;
6679       }
6680 
6681       // Final in-word padding.
6682       if (Size < ToSize) {
6683         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6684         Size = ToSize;
6685       }
6686     }
6687 
6688     // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6689     void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6690       // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6691       if (Offset % Bits)
6692         return;
6693       // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6694       if (Bits < 64)
6695         InReg = true;
6696       pad(Offset);
6697       Elems.push_back(Ty);
6698       Size = Offset + Bits;
6699     }
6700 
6701     // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6702     void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6703       const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6704       for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6705         llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6706         uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6707         switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6708         case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6709           addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6710           break;
6711         case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6712           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6713           break;
6714         case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6715           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6716           break;
6717         case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6718           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6719           break;
6720         case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6721           if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6722             pad(ElemOffset);
6723             Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6724             Size += 64;
6725           }
6726           break;
6727         default:
6728           break;
6729         }
6730       }
6731     }
6732 
6733     // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6734     bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6735       return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
6736     }
6737 
6738     // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6739     llvm::Type *getType() const {
6740       if (Elems.size() == 1)
6741         return Elems.front();
6742       else
6743         return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6744     }
6745   };
6746 };
6747 } // end anonymous namespace
6748 
6749 ABIArgInfo
6750 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6751   if (Ty->isVoidType())
6752     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6753 
6754   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6755 
6756   // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6757   // pointer / sret pointer.
6758   if (Size > SizeLimit)
6759     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
6760 
6761   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6762   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6763     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6764 
6765   // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6766   if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6767     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6768 
6769   // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6770   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6771     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6772 
6773   // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6774   // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6775   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6776     return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6777 
6778   // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
6779   // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6780   llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6781   if (!StrTy)
6782     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6783 
6784   CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6785   CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6786   CB.pad(llvm::alignTo(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6787 
6788   // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6789   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6790 
6791   if (CB.InReg)
6792     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6793   else
6794     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
6795 }
6796 
6797 Address SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6798                                   QualType Ty) const {
6799   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6800   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6801   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6802     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6803 
6804   CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
6805 
6806   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6807   Address Addr(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
6808   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6809 
6810   auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
6811 
6812   Address ArgAddr = Address::invalid();
6813   CharUnits Stride;
6814   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6815   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6816   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6817     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6818 
6819   case ABIArgInfo::Extend: {
6820     Stride = SlotSize;
6821     CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TypeInfo.first;
6822     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Offset, "extend");
6823     break;
6824   }
6825 
6826   case ABIArgInfo::Direct: {
6827     auto AllocSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6828     Stride = CharUnits::fromQuantity(AllocSize).alignTo(SlotSize);
6829     ArgAddr = Addr;
6830     break;
6831   }
6832 
6833   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6834     Stride = SlotSize;
6835     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ArgPtrTy, "indirect");
6836     ArgAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"),
6837                       TypeInfo.second);
6838     break;
6839 
6840   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6841     return Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeInfo.second);
6842   }
6843 
6844   // Update VAList.
6845   llvm::Value *NextPtr =
6846     Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), Stride, "ap.next");
6847   Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
6848 
6849   return Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
6850 }
6851 
6852 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6853   FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
6854   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6855     I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
6856 }
6857 
6858 namespace {
6859 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6860 public:
6861   SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6862     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6863 
6864   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6865     return 14;
6866   }
6867 
6868   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6869                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
6870 };
6871 } // end anonymous namespace
6872 
6873 bool
6874 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6875                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6876   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6877   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6878 
6879   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6880 
6881   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6882   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6883   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6884 
6885   // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6886   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6887 
6888   // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6889   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6890 
6891   //   Y   = 64
6892   //   PSR = 65
6893   //   WIM = 66
6894   //   TBR = 67
6895   //   PC  = 68
6896   //   NPC = 69
6897   //   FSR = 70
6898   //   CSR = 71
6899   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6900 
6901   // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6902   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6903 
6904   return false;
6905 }
6906 
6907 
6908 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6909 // XCore ABI Implementation
6910 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6911 
6912 namespace {
6913 
6914 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6915 /// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6916 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6917 
6918 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6919 ///
6920 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6921 ///   1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6922 ///   2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6923 ///
6924 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6925 ///   NonRecursive:   The type encoding is not recursive;
6926 ///   Recursive:      The type encoding is recursive;
6927 ///   Incomplete:     An incomplete TypeString;
6928 ///   IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6929 ///                   Recursive type encoding.
6930 ///
6931 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6932 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6933 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6934 /// the type is encountered.
6935 ///
6936 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6937 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6938 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6939 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6940 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6941 ///
6942 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6943 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6944 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6945 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6946 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6947 ///
6948 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6949 ///
6950 ///   If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6951 ///   cached encoding is used;
6952 ///
6953 ///   If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6954 ///   cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6955 ///
6956 ///   If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6957 ///   cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6958 ///
6959 ///   Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6960 ///   entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6961 ///   it is swapped back in;
6962 ///
6963 ///   If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6964 ///   entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6965 ///   IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6966 ///
6967 ///   If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6968 ///   IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6969 ///   Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6970 ///   been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6971 ///
6972 class TypeStringCache {
6973   enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6974   struct Entry {
6975     std::string Str;     // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6976     enum Status State;   // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6977     std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6978                          // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6979   };
6980   std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6981   unsigned IncompleteCount;     // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6982   unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6983 public:
6984   TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}
6985   void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6986   bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6987   void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6988                      bool IsRecursive);
6989   StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6990 };
6991 
6992 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
6993 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6994 class FieldEncoding {
6995   bool HasName;
6996   std::string Enc;
6997 public:
6998   FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}
6999   StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}
7000   bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
7001     if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
7002     return Enc < rhs.Enc;
7003   }
7004 };
7005 
7006 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
7007 public:
7008   XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
7009   Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
7010                     QualType Ty) const override;
7011 };
7012 
7013 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
7014   mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
7015 public:
7016   XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
7017     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
7018   void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
7019                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
7020 };
7021 
7022 } // End anonymous namespace.
7023 
7024 // TODO: this implementation is likely now redundant with the default
7025 // EmitVAArg.
7026 Address XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
7027                                 QualType Ty) const {
7028   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
7029 
7030   // Get the VAList.
7031   CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
7032   Address AP(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
7033 
7034   // Handle the argument.
7035   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
7036   CharUnits TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
7037   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
7038   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
7039     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
7040   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
7041 
7042   Address Val = Address::invalid();
7043   CharUnits ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
7044   switch (AI.getKind()) {
7045   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
7046   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
7047     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
7048   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
7049     Val = Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeAlign);
7050     ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
7051     break;
7052   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
7053   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
7054     Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
7055     ArgSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
7056                        getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()));
7057     ArgSize = ArgSize.alignTo(SlotSize);
7058     break;
7059   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
7060     Val = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
7061     Val = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Val), TypeAlign);
7062     ArgSize = SlotSize;
7063     break;
7064   }
7065 
7066   // Increment the VAList.
7067   if (!ArgSize.isZero()) {
7068     llvm::Value *APN =
7069       Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(AP.getPointer(), ArgSize);
7070     Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddr);
7071   }
7072 
7073   return Val;
7074 }
7075 
7076 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
7077 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
7078 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
7079 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
7080 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
7081 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
7082                                     std::string StubEnc) {
7083   if (!ID)
7084     return;
7085   Entry &E = Map[ID];
7086   assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
7087          "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
7088   assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
7089   E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
7090   E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
7091   E.State = Incomplete;
7092   ++IncompleteCount;
7093 }
7094 
7095 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
7096 /// must be removed from the cache.
7097 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
7098 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
7099 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7100   if (!ID)
7101     return false;
7102   auto I = Map.find(ID);
7103   assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
7104   Entry &E = I->second;
7105   assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
7106            E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
7107          "Entry must be an incomplete type");
7108   bool IsRecursive = false;
7109   if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
7110     // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
7111     IsRecursive = true;
7112     --IncompleteUsedCount;
7113   }
7114   if (E.Swapped.empty())
7115     Map.erase(I);
7116   else {
7117     // Swap the Recursive back.
7118     E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
7119     E.Swapped.clear();
7120     E.State = Recursive;
7121   }
7122   --IncompleteCount;
7123   return IsRecursive;
7124 }
7125 
7126 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
7127 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
7128 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
7129                                     bool IsRecursive) {
7130   if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
7131     return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
7132   Entry &E = Map[ID];
7133   if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
7134     assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
7135            "This is not the same Recursive entry");
7136     // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
7137     // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
7138     // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
7139     return;
7140   }
7141   assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
7142   E.Str = Str.str();
7143   E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
7144 }
7145 
7146 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
7147 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
7148 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
7149 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7150   if (!ID)
7151     return StringRef();   // We have no key.
7152   auto I = Map.find(ID);
7153   if (I == Map.end())
7154     return StringRef();   // We have no encoding.
7155   Entry &E = I->second;
7156   if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
7157     return StringRef();   // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
7158 
7159   if (E.State == Incomplete) {
7160     // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
7161     E.State = IncompleteUsed;
7162     ++IncompleteUsedCount;
7163   }
7164   return E.Str.c_str();
7165 }
7166 
7167 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
7168 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
7169 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
7170 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
7171 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
7172 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
7173 ///
7174 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
7175 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
7176 /// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
7177 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
7178 ///
7179 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7180                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
7181 
7182 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
7183 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
7184                                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
7185   SmallStringEnc Enc;
7186   if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
7187     llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
7188     llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
7189     MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
7190     MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
7191     llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
7192       CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
7193     MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
7194   }
7195 }
7196 
7197 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7198                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7199                        TypeStringCache &TSC);
7200 
7201 /// Helper function for appendRecordType().
7202 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
7203 /// order.
7204 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
7205                              const RecordDecl *RD,
7206                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7207                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7208   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
7209     SmallStringEnc Enc;
7210     Enc += "m(";
7211     Enc += Field->getName();
7212     Enc += "){";
7213     if (Field->isBitField()) {
7214       Enc += "b(";
7215       llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
7216       OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
7217       Enc += ':';
7218     }
7219     if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
7220       return false;
7221     if (Field->isBitField())
7222       Enc += ')';
7223     Enc += '}';
7224     FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
7225   }
7226   return true;
7227 }
7228 
7229 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
7230 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
7231 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
7232 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
7233                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7234                              TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7235   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7236   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7237   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7238     Enc += TypeString;
7239     return true;
7240   }
7241 
7242   // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
7243   size_t Start = Enc.size();
7244   Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
7245   Enc += '(';
7246   if (ID)
7247     Enc += ID->getName();
7248   Enc += "){";
7249 
7250   // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
7251   bool IsRecursive = false;
7252   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
7253   if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
7254     // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
7255     // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
7256     // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
7257     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
7258     std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
7259     StubEnc += '}';  // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
7260     TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
7261     if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
7262       (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7263       return false;
7264     }
7265     IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7266     // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
7267     // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
7268     if (RT->isUnionType())
7269       std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
7270     // We can now complete the TypeString.
7271     unsigned E = FE.size();
7272     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7273       if (I)
7274         Enc += ',';
7275       Enc += FE[I].str();
7276     }
7277   }
7278   Enc += '}';
7279   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
7280   return true;
7281 }
7282 
7283 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
7284 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
7285                            TypeStringCache &TSC,
7286                            const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7287   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7288   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7289   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7290     Enc += TypeString;
7291     return true;
7292   }
7293 
7294   size_t Start = Enc.size();
7295   Enc += "e(";
7296   if (ID)
7297     Enc += ID->getName();
7298   Enc += "){";
7299 
7300   // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
7301   if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
7302     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
7303     for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
7304          ++I) {
7305       SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
7306       EnumEnc += "m(";
7307       EnumEnc += I->getName();
7308       EnumEnc += "){";
7309       I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
7310       EnumEnc += '}';
7311       FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
7312     }
7313     std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
7314     unsigned E = FE.size();
7315     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7316       if (I)
7317         Enc += ',';
7318       Enc += FE[I].str();
7319     }
7320   }
7321   Enc += '}';
7322   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
7323   return true;
7324 }
7325 
7326 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
7327 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
7328 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
7329   // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
7330   static const char *const Table[]={"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
7331   int Lookup = 0;
7332   if (QT.isConstQualified())
7333     Lookup += 1<<0;
7334   if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
7335     Lookup += 1<<1;
7336   if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
7337     Lookup += 1<<2;
7338   Enc += Table[Lookup];
7339 }
7340 
7341 /// Appends built-in types to Enc.
7342 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
7343   const char *EncType;
7344   switch (BT->getKind()) {
7345     case BuiltinType::Void:
7346       EncType = "0";
7347       break;
7348     case BuiltinType::Bool:
7349       EncType = "b";
7350       break;
7351     case BuiltinType::Char_U:
7352       EncType = "uc";
7353       break;
7354     case BuiltinType::UChar:
7355       EncType = "uc";
7356       break;
7357     case BuiltinType::SChar:
7358       EncType = "sc";
7359       break;
7360     case BuiltinType::UShort:
7361       EncType = "us";
7362       break;
7363     case BuiltinType::Short:
7364       EncType = "ss";
7365       break;
7366     case BuiltinType::UInt:
7367       EncType = "ui";
7368       break;
7369     case BuiltinType::Int:
7370       EncType = "si";
7371       break;
7372     case BuiltinType::ULong:
7373       EncType = "ul";
7374       break;
7375     case BuiltinType::Long:
7376       EncType = "sl";
7377       break;
7378     case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
7379       EncType = "ull";
7380       break;
7381     case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7382       EncType = "sll";
7383       break;
7384     case BuiltinType::Float:
7385       EncType = "ft";
7386       break;
7387     case BuiltinType::Double:
7388       EncType = "d";
7389       break;
7390     case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
7391       EncType = "ld";
7392       break;
7393     default:
7394       return false;
7395   }
7396   Enc += EncType;
7397   return true;
7398 }
7399 
7400 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
7401 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
7402                               const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7403                               TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7404   Enc += "p(";
7405   if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
7406     return false;
7407   Enc += ')';
7408   return true;
7409 }
7410 
7411 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
7412 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
7413                             const ArrayType *AT,
7414                             const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7415                             TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
7416   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
7417     return false;
7418   Enc += "a(";
7419   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
7420     CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
7421   else
7422     Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
7423   Enc += ':';
7424   // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7425   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7426   if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
7427     return false;
7428   Enc += ')';
7429   return true;
7430 }
7431 
7432 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
7433 /// and the arguments.
7434 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
7435                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7436                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7437   Enc += "f{";
7438   if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
7439     return false;
7440   Enc += "}(";
7441   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7442     // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
7443     auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
7444     auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
7445     if (I != E) {
7446       do {
7447         if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7448           return false;
7449         ++I;
7450         if (I != E)
7451           Enc += ',';
7452       } while (I != E);
7453       if (FPT->isVariadic())
7454         Enc += ",va";
7455     } else {
7456       if (FPT->isVariadic())
7457         Enc += "va";
7458       else
7459         Enc += '0';
7460     }
7461   }
7462   Enc += ')';
7463   return true;
7464 }
7465 
7466 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7467 /// type encodings.
7468 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7469                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7470                        TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7471 
7472   QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7473 
7474   if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7475     // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7476     // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7477     return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7478 
7479   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7480 
7481   if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7482     return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7483 
7484   if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7485     return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7486 
7487   if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7488     return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7489 
7490   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7491     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7492 
7493   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7494     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7495 
7496   if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7497     return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7498 
7499   return false;
7500 }
7501 
7502 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7503                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7504   if (!D)
7505     return false;
7506 
7507   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7508     if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7509       return false;
7510     return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7511   }
7512 
7513   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7514     if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7515       return false;
7516     QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7517     if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7518       // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
7519       // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7520       // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7521       return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
7522     }
7523     return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7524   }
7525   return false;
7526 }
7527 
7528 
7529 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7530 // Driver code
7531 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7532 
7533 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7534   return getTarget().getTriple();
7535 }
7536 
7537 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7538   return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7539 }
7540 
7541 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
7542   if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7543     return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7544 
7545   const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
7546   switch (Triple.getArch()) {
7547   default:
7548     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7549 
7550   case llvm::Triple::le32:
7551     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7552   case llvm::Triple::mips:
7553   case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
7554     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl)
7555       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7556     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7557 
7558   case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7559   case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
7560     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7561 
7562   case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
7563   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
7564     AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
7565     if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
7566       Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
7567 
7568     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7569   }
7570 
7571   case llvm::Triple::wasm32:
7572   case llvm::Triple::wasm64:
7573     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7574 
7575   case llvm::Triple::arm:
7576   case llvm::Triple::armeb:
7577   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
7578   case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
7579     {
7580       if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7581         TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7582             new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7583         return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7584       }
7585 
7586       ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
7587       StringRef ABIStr = getTarget().getABI();
7588       if (ABIStr == "apcs-gnu")
7589         Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
7590       else if (ABIStr == "aapcs16")
7591         Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP;
7592       else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
7593                (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7594                 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
7595         Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7596 
7597       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7598     }
7599 
7600   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
7601     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7602              new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft"));
7603   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
7604     if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
7605       PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7606       if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7607         Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7608       bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
7609 
7610       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7611                new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
7612     } else
7613       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7614   case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
7615     assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
7616     PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7617     if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
7618       Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7619     bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
7620 
7621     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7622              new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
7623   }
7624 
7625   case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7626   case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
7627     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7628 
7629   case llvm::Triple::msp430:
7630     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7631 
7632   case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7633     bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7634     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7635                                                                  HasVector));
7636   }
7637 
7638   case llvm::Triple::tce:
7639     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7640 
7641   case llvm::Triple::x86: {
7642     bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7643     bool RetSmallStructInRegABI =
7644         X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
7645     bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
7646 
7647     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7648       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7649                    Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
7650                    IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7651     } else {
7652       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7653                    Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
7654                    IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters,
7655                    CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft"));
7656     }
7657   }
7658 
7659   case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
7660     StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI();
7661     X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = (ABI == "avx512" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512 :
7662                                ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX :
7663                                X86AVXABILevel::None);
7664 
7665     switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7666     case llvm::Triple::Win32:
7667       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7668                    new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
7669     case llvm::Triple::PS4:
7670       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7671                    new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
7672     default:
7673       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7674                    new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
7675     }
7676   }
7677   case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7678     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7679   case llvm::Triple::r600:
7680     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7681   case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7682     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7683   case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7684     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7685   case llvm::Triple::xcore:
7686     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7687   }
7688 }
7689